Compare commits
No commits in common. "main" and "template-repo" have entirely different histories.
main
...
template-r
@ -154,5 +154,5 @@ type_contents_order:
|
||||
- other_method
|
||||
|
||||
excluded:
|
||||
- Sources/Adwaita/View/Generated/
|
||||
- Sources/Core/View/Generated/
|
||||
- .build/
|
||||
@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
// swift-tools-version: 6.1
|
||||
// swift-tools-version: 6.0
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Package.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
@ -8,44 +8,40 @@
|
||||
|
||||
import PackageDescription
|
||||
|
||||
/// The dependencies.
|
||||
var dependencies: [Package.Dependency] = [
|
||||
.package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta", branch: "main"),
|
||||
.package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta-sqlite", branch: "main"),
|
||||
.package(
|
||||
url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/levenshtein-transformations",
|
||||
branch: "main"
|
||||
),
|
||||
.package(url: "https://github.com/CoreOffice/XMLCoder", from: "0.17.1")
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
#if os(Linux)
|
||||
dependencies.append(.package(url: "https://github.com/stephencelis/CSQLite", from: "3.50.4"))
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The Adwaita package.
|
||||
let package = Package(
|
||||
name: "Adwaita",
|
||||
platforms: [.macOS(.v13), .iOS(.v13), .tvOS(.v13), .watchOS(.v6), .macCatalyst(.v13)],
|
||||
platforms: [.macOS(.v10_15), .iOS(.v13), .tvOS(.v13), .watchOS(.v6), .macCatalyst(.v13)],
|
||||
products: [
|
||||
.library(
|
||||
name: "Adwaita",
|
||||
targets: ["Adwaita"]
|
||||
),
|
||||
.library(
|
||||
name: "Core",
|
||||
targets: ["Core"]
|
||||
),
|
||||
.library(
|
||||
name: "CAdw",
|
||||
targets: ["CAdw"]
|
||||
)
|
||||
],
|
||||
traits: [.trait(name: "exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions")],
|
||||
dependencies: dependencies,
|
||||
dependencies: [
|
||||
.package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta", branch: "main"),
|
||||
.package(url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/meta-sqlite", from: "0.1.0"),
|
||||
.package(
|
||||
url: "https://git.aparoksha.dev/aparoksha/levenshtein-transformations",
|
||||
branch: "main"
|
||||
),
|
||||
.package(url: "https://github.com/CoreOffice/XMLCoder", from: "0.17.1")
|
||||
],
|
||||
targets: [
|
||||
.systemLibrary(
|
||||
name: "CAdw",
|
||||
pkgConfig: "libadwaita-1"
|
||||
),
|
||||
.target(
|
||||
name: "Adwaita",
|
||||
name: "Core",
|
||||
dependencies: [
|
||||
"CAdw",
|
||||
.product(name: "LevenshteinTransformations", package: "levenshtein-transformations"),
|
||||
@ -53,6 +49,10 @@ let package = Package(
|
||||
.product(name: "MetaSQLite", package: "meta-sqlite")
|
||||
]
|
||||
),
|
||||
.target(
|
||||
name: "Adwaita",
|
||||
dependencies: ["Core"]
|
||||
),
|
||||
.executableTarget(
|
||||
name: "Generation",
|
||||
dependencies: [
|
||||
|
||||
17
Sources/Adwaita/ActionRow+.swift
Normal file
17
Sources/Adwaita/ActionRow+.swift
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ActionRow+.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
extension ActionRow {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Deemphasize the row title and emphasize the subtitle.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func property(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
style("property", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -108,13 +108,6 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
style("circular", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Make a button or similar widget use round appearance.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func round(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
style("round", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Make a button or similar widget appear as a pill.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
@ -278,6 +271,13 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
style("frame", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Run a function when the view gets an update.
|
||||
/// - Parameter onUpdate: The function.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func onUpdate(_ onUpdate: @escaping () -> Void) -> AnyView {
|
||||
inspect { _, _ in onUpdate() }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Bind to the view's focus.
|
||||
/// - Parameter focus: Whether the view is focused.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
@ -336,21 +336,15 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add CSS classes to the app as soon as the view appears.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - scheme: The color scheme.
|
||||
/// - getString: Get the CSS.
|
||||
/// - Parameter getString: Get the CSS.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func css(scheme: ColorScheme? = nil, getString: @escaping () -> String) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrap { storage, updateProperties in
|
||||
public func css(_ getString: @escaping () -> String) -> AnyView {
|
||||
inspect { storage, updateProperties in
|
||||
let cssID = "internal-css"
|
||||
let providerID = "internal-css-provider"
|
||||
let previous = storage.fields[cssID] as? String
|
||||
let string = getString()
|
||||
if updateProperties, string != previous {
|
||||
let provider = gtk_css_provider_new()
|
||||
if let scheme {
|
||||
gtui_cssprovider_set_prefers_color_scheme(.init(Int(bitPattern: provider)), scheme.gtkValue)
|
||||
}
|
||||
gtk_css_provider_load_from_string(
|
||||
provider,
|
||||
string
|
||||
@ -362,32 +356,8 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
.init(GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION)
|
||||
)
|
||||
g_object_unref(provider)
|
||||
storage.fields[cssID] = string
|
||||
if let oldProvider = storage.fields[providerID] as? OpaquePointer {
|
||||
gtk_style_context_remove_provider_for_display(
|
||||
display,
|
||||
oldProvider
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.fields[providerID] = provider?.opaque()
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the view has a width higher or equal to its natural width.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
|
||||
/// - padding: Increase the natural width by a certain padding.
|
||||
public func naturalWidth(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
|
||||
BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalWidth(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the view has a height higher or equal to its natural height.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
|
||||
/// - padding: Increase the natural height by a certain padding.
|
||||
public func naturalHeight(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
|
||||
BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalHeight(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@_exported import Core
|
||||
import Foundation
|
||||
|
||||
extension AnyView {
|
||||
@ -128,27 +128,12 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a shortcuts dialog to the parent window.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - visible: Whether the dialog is presented.
|
||||
/// - id: The dialog's id.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view.
|
||||
public func shortcutsDialog(
|
||||
visible: Binding<Bool>,
|
||||
id: String? = nil
|
||||
) -> ShortcutsDialog {
|
||||
.init(
|
||||
visible: visible,
|
||||
child: self,
|
||||
id: id ?? ""
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create an importer file dialog.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - open: The signal to open the dialog.
|
||||
/// - initialFolder: The URL to the folder open when being opened.
|
||||
/// - extensions: The accepted file extensions.
|
||||
/// - folders: Whether folders are accepted.
|
||||
/// - onOpen: Run this when a file for importing has been chosen.
|
||||
/// - onClose: Run this when the user cancelled the action.
|
||||
public func fileImporter(
|
||||
@ -156,37 +141,17 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
initialFolder: URL? = nil,
|
||||
extensions: [String]? = nil,
|
||||
onOpen: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
|
||||
onClose: @escaping () -> Void = { }
|
||||
onClose: @escaping () -> Void
|
||||
) -> AnyView {
|
||||
FileDialog(
|
||||
type: .importer(folder: false, extensions: extensions),
|
||||
importer: true,
|
||||
open: open,
|
||||
child: self,
|
||||
result: onOpen,
|
||||
cancel: onClose,
|
||||
initialFolder: initialFolder
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create an importer file dialog for folders.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - open: The signal to open the dialog.
|
||||
/// - initialFolder: The URL to the folder open when being opened.
|
||||
/// - onOpen: Run this when a file for importing has been chosen.
|
||||
/// - onClose: Run this when the user cancelled the action.
|
||||
public func folderImporter(
|
||||
open: Signal,
|
||||
initialFolder: URL? = nil,
|
||||
onOpen: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
|
||||
onClose: @escaping () -> Void = { }
|
||||
) -> AnyView {
|
||||
FileDialog(
|
||||
type: .importer(folder: true, extensions: nil),
|
||||
open: open,
|
||||
child: self,
|
||||
result: onOpen,
|
||||
cancel: onClose,
|
||||
initialFolder: initialFolder
|
||||
initialFolder: initialFolder,
|
||||
initialName: nil,
|
||||
extensions: extensions
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -202,15 +167,16 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
initialFolder: URL? = nil,
|
||||
initialName: String? = nil,
|
||||
onSave: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
|
||||
onClose: @escaping () -> Void = { }
|
||||
onClose: @escaping () -> Void
|
||||
) -> AnyView {
|
||||
FileDialog(
|
||||
type: .exporter(initialName: initialName),
|
||||
importer: false,
|
||||
open: open,
|
||||
child: self,
|
||||
result: onSave,
|
||||
cancel: onClose,
|
||||
initialFolder: initialFolder
|
||||
initialFolder: initialFolder,
|
||||
initialName: initialName
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -244,6 +210,82 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
.maximumSize(maxHeight ?? -1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add padding around a view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - padding: The size of the padding.
|
||||
/// - edges: The edges which are affected by the padding.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func padding(_ padding: Int = 10, _ edges: Set<Edge> = .all) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, padding: padding, edges: edges)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable or disable the horizontal expansion.
|
||||
/// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func hexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, hexpand: enabled)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable or disable the vertical expansion.
|
||||
/// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func vexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, vexpand: enabled)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the horizontal alignment.
|
||||
/// - Parameter align: The alignment.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func halign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, halign: align)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the vertical alignment.
|
||||
/// - Parameter align: The alignment.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func valign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, valign: align)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the view's minimal width or height.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - minWidth: The minimal width.
|
||||
/// - minHeight: The minimal height.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func frame(minWidth: Int? = nil, minHeight: Int? = nil) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, minWidth: minWidth, minHeight: minHeight)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a style class to the view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - style: The style class.
|
||||
/// - active: Whether the style is currently applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func style(_ style: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, style: style, styleActive: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Make the view insensitive (useful e.g. in overlays).
|
||||
/// - Parameter insensitive: Whether the view is insensitive.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func insensitive(_ insensitive: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, insensitive: insensitive)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the view's visibility.
|
||||
/// - Parameter visible: Whether the view is visible.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func visible(_ visible: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, visible: visible)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a tooltip to the widget.
|
||||
/// - Parameter tooltip: The tooltip text.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func tooltip(_ tooltip: String) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(content: self, tooltip: tooltip)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Present a toast when the signal gets activated.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - title: The title of the toast.
|
||||
@ -299,11 +341,20 @@ extension AnyView {
|
||||
BreakpointBin(condition: .minHeight(minHeight), matches: matches) { self }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Build the UI from scratch once the identifier changes.
|
||||
/// - Parameter id: The identifier.
|
||||
public func id(_ id: CustomStringConvertible) -> AnyView {
|
||||
ViewStack(id: id) { _ in self }
|
||||
.limitChildren()
|
||||
/// Whether the view has a width higher or equal to its natural width.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
|
||||
/// - padding: Increase the natural width by a certain padding.
|
||||
public func naturalWidth(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
|
||||
BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalWidth(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the view has a height higher or equal to its natural height.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - matches: Whether the content view matches the breakpoint.
|
||||
/// - padding: Increase the natural height by a certain padding.
|
||||
public func naturalHeight(matches: Binding<Bool>, padding: Int = 0) -> AnyView {
|
||||
BreakpointBin(condition: .naturalHeight(padding: padding), matches: matches) { self }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
24
Sources/Adwaita/List+.swift
Normal file
24
Sources/Adwaita/List+.swift
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// List+.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
extension List {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add the "navigation-sidebar" style class.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func sidebarStyle(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
style("navigation-sidebar", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Apply the boxed list style class.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func boxedList(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
style("boxed-list", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ColorScheme.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 01.02.26.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
|
||||
/// The system color scheme.
|
||||
public enum ColorScheme: UInt32 {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The dark color scheme.
|
||||
case dark = 2
|
||||
/// The light color scheme.
|
||||
case light = 3
|
||||
|
||||
/// The ColorScheme value as GtkInterfaceColorScheme.
|
||||
var gtkValue: GtkInterfaceColorScheme {
|
||||
.init(rawValue)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// WrapMode.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by mlm on 24.08.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
|
||||
/// Wrap modes for `TextView`/`TextEditor`
|
||||
public enum WrapMode: GtkWrapMode, RawRepresentable {
|
||||
|
||||
// swiftlint:disable discouraged_none_name
|
||||
/// GTK_WRAP_NONE
|
||||
case none
|
||||
// swiftlint:enable discouraged_none_name
|
||||
/// GTK_WRAP_CHAR
|
||||
case char
|
||||
/// GTK_WRAP_WORD
|
||||
case word
|
||||
/// GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR
|
||||
case wordChar
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the GtkWrapMode.
|
||||
public var rawValue: GtkWrapMode {
|
||||
switch self {
|
||||
case .none:
|
||||
GTK_WRAP_NONE
|
||||
case .char:
|
||||
GTK_WRAP_CHAR
|
||||
case .word:
|
||||
GTK_WRAP_WORD
|
||||
case .wordChar:
|
||||
GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize from the GtkWrapMode.
|
||||
/// - Parameter rawValue: The GtkWrapMode.
|
||||
public init?(rawValue: GtkWrapMode) {
|
||||
switch rawValue {
|
||||
case GTK_WRAP_NONE:
|
||||
self = .none
|
||||
case GTK_WRAP_CHAR:
|
||||
self = .char
|
||||
case GTK_WRAP_WORD:
|
||||
self = .word
|
||||
case GTK_WRAP_WORD_CHAR:
|
||||
self = .wordChar
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return nil
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// GtkWrapMode.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by mlm on 24.08.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add ExpressibleByIntegerLiteral conformance to make GtkWrapMode usable as
|
||||
/// a RawValue in an enum.
|
||||
extension GtkWrapMode: @retroactive ExpressibleByIntegerLiteral {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize from an integer literal.
|
||||
public init(integerLiteral value: Int) {
|
||||
self.init(UInt32(value))
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
17
Sources/Adwaita/StatusPage+.swift
Normal file
17
Sources/Adwaita/StatusPage+.swift
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// StatusPage+.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 16.10.24.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
extension StatusPage {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Make the status page more compact.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func compact(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
style("compact", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// AnyView+wrapModifier.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 02.02.26.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
|
||||
extension AnyView {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add padding around a view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - padding: The size of the padding.
|
||||
/// - edges: The edges which are affected by the padding.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func padding(_ padding: Int = 10, _ edges: Set<Edge> = .all) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [padding, edges]) { storage in
|
||||
if edges.contains(.leading) { gtk_widget_set_margin_start(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
|
||||
if edges.contains(.trailing) { gtk_widget_set_margin_end(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
|
||||
if edges.contains(.top) { gtk_widget_set_margin_top(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
|
||||
if edges.contains(.bottom) { gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), padding.cInt) }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a padding of 10 around a view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - edges: The edges which are affected by the padding.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func padding(_ edges: Set<Edge> = .all) -> AnyView {
|
||||
padding(10, edges)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable or disable the horizontal expansion.
|
||||
/// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func hexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [enabled]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_hexpand(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), enabled.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Enable or disable the vertical expansion.
|
||||
/// - Parameter enabled: Whether it is enabled or disabled.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func vexpand(_ enabled: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [enabled]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_vexpand(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), enabled.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the horizontal alignment.
|
||||
/// - Parameter align: The alignment.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func halign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [align]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_halign(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), align.cAlign)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the vertical alignment.
|
||||
/// - Parameter align: The alignment.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func valign(_ align: Alignment) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [align]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_valign(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), align.cAlign)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the view's minimal width or height.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - minWidth: The minimal width.
|
||||
/// - minHeight: The minimal height.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func frame(minWidth: Int? = nil, minHeight: Int? = nil) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [minWidth, minHeight]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_size_request(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), minWidth?.cInt ?? 1, minHeight?.cInt ?? -1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a style class to the view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - style: The style class.
|
||||
/// - active: Whether the style is currently applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func style(_ style: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [style, active]) { storage in
|
||||
if active {
|
||||
gtk_widget_add_css_class(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), style)
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
gtk_widget_remove_css_class(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), style)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Make the view insensitive (useful e.g. in overlays).
|
||||
/// - Parameter insensitive: Whether the view is insensitive.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func insensitive(_ insensitive: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [insensitive]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), insensitive ? 0 : 1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the view's visibility.
|
||||
/// - Parameter visible: Whether the view is visible.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func visible(_ visible: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [visible]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_visible(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), visible.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a tooltip to the widget.
|
||||
/// - Parameter tooltip: The tooltip text.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func tooltip(_ tooltip: String) -> AnyView {
|
||||
wrapModifier(properties: [tooltip]) { storage in
|
||||
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), tooltip)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ShortcutsDialog.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 04.11.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
|
||||
/// The shortcuts dialog widget.
|
||||
public struct ShortcutsDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the dialog is visible.
|
||||
@Binding var visible: Bool
|
||||
/// An identifier used if multiple dialogs are on one view.
|
||||
var id: String
|
||||
/// The shortcuts dialog sections.
|
||||
var sections: [ShortcutsSection] = []
|
||||
/// The content.
|
||||
var child: AnyView
|
||||
|
||||
/// The ID for the dialog's storage.
|
||||
let dialogID = "dialog"
|
||||
/// The ID for the content's storage.
|
||||
let contentID = "content"
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a dialog wrapper.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - visible: Whether the dialog is visible.
|
||||
/// - child: The wrapped view.
|
||||
/// - id: A unique identifier for dialogs on the view.
|
||||
init(
|
||||
visible: Binding<Bool>,
|
||||
child: AnyView,
|
||||
id: String
|
||||
) {
|
||||
self._visible = visible
|
||||
self.child = child
|
||||
self.id = id
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// A shortcuts section.
|
||||
public struct ShortcutsSection {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The section's title.
|
||||
var title: String?
|
||||
/// The section's content.
|
||||
var content: [ShortcutsItem] = []
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the shortcuts section.
|
||||
/// - Parameter title: The section's title.
|
||||
init(_ title: String?) {
|
||||
self.title = title
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the GTK shortcuts section as well as the section's view storages.
|
||||
/// - Parameter data: The widget data.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The shortcuts section pointer and the section's view storages.
|
||||
func gtkShortcutsSection(data: WidgetData) -> (OpaquePointer?, [ViewStorage]) {
|
||||
let section = adw_shortcuts_section_new(title)
|
||||
let items = content.map { $0.gtkShortcutsItem(data: data) }
|
||||
for item in items {
|
||||
adw_shortcuts_section_add(section, item.opaquePointer)
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (section, items)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a shortcuts item.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - title: The item's title.
|
||||
/// - accelerator: The shortcut acccelerator.
|
||||
public func shortcutsItem(
|
||||
_ title: String,
|
||||
accelerator: String
|
||||
) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.content.append(
|
||||
.init(
|
||||
title: title,
|
||||
accelerator: accelerator
|
||||
)
|
||||
)
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The shortcuts item.
|
||||
struct ShortcutsItem {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The item's title.
|
||||
var title: String
|
||||
/// The item's description.
|
||||
var accelerator: String
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the GTK preferences group's storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameter data: The widget data.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
func gtkShortcutsItem(data: WidgetData) -> ViewStorage {
|
||||
.init(adw_shortcuts_item_new(title, accelerator))
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The storage to update.
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
public func update<Data>(
|
||||
_ storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
data: WidgetData,
|
||||
updateProperties: Bool,
|
||||
type: Data.Type
|
||||
) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
if let storage = storage.content[.mainContent]?.first {
|
||||
child.updateStorage(storage, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
guard updateProperties else {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
if visible {
|
||||
if storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first == nil {
|
||||
createDialog(storage: storage, data: data, type: type)
|
||||
adw_dialog_present(
|
||||
storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first?.opaquePointer?.cast(),
|
||||
storage.opaquePointer?.cast()
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first != nil {
|
||||
let dialog = storage.content[dialogID + id]?.first?.opaquePointer
|
||||
adw_dialog_close(dialog?.cast())
|
||||
g_object_unref(dialog?.cast())
|
||||
for index in sections.indices {
|
||||
let container = storage.content["shortcuts-\(index)"]?.map { $0.opaquePointer }
|
||||
container?.forEach { g_object_unref($0?.cast()) }
|
||||
g_object_unref((storage.fields["shortcuts-\(index)"] as? OpaquePointer)?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Create a new instance of the dialog.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The wrapped view's storage.
|
||||
/// - modifiers: The view modifiers.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
func createDialog<Data>(
|
||||
storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
data: WidgetData,
|
||||
type: Data.Type
|
||||
) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let pointer = adw_shortcuts_dialog_new()
|
||||
let dialog = ViewStorage(pointer?.opaque())
|
||||
storage.content[dialogID + id] = [dialog]
|
||||
dialog.connectSignal(name: "closed") {
|
||||
storage.content[dialogID + id] = []
|
||||
storage.content[contentID + id] = []
|
||||
if visible {
|
||||
visible = false
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (index, section) in sections.map({ $0.gtkShortcutsSection(data: data) }).enumerated() {
|
||||
storage.content["shortcuts-\(index)"] = section.1
|
||||
storage.fields["shortcuts-\(index)"] = section.0
|
||||
adw_shortcuts_dialog_add(pointer?.opaque(), section.0)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a shortcuts section.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - title: The section's title or `nil`.
|
||||
/// - content: Modify the shortcuts items.
|
||||
public func shortcutsSection(
|
||||
_ title: String? = nil,
|
||||
content: (ShortcutsSection) -> ShortcutsSection
|
||||
) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.sections.append(content(.init(title))) }
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Image.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Displays an image.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Various kinds of object can be displayed as an image; most typically,
|
||||
/// you would load a `GdkTexture` from a file, using the convenience function
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Image.new_from_file`, for instance:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```c
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *image = gtk_image_new_from_file ("myfile.png");
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the file isn’t loaded successfully, the image will contain a
|
||||
/// “broken image” icon similar to that used in many web browsers.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If you want to handle errors in loading the file yourself, for example
|
||||
/// by displaying an error message, then load the image with an image
|
||||
/// loading framework such as libglycin, then create the `GtkImage` with
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Image.new_from_paintable`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sometimes an application will want to avoid depending on external data
|
||||
/// files, such as image files. See the documentation of `GResource` inside
|
||||
/// GIO, for details. In this case, ``resource(_:)``,
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Image.new_from_resource`, and `Gtk.Image.set_from_resource`
|
||||
/// should be used.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkImage` displays its image as an icon, with a size that is determined
|
||||
/// by the application. See `Gtk.Picture` if you want to show an image
|
||||
/// at is actual size.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
public struct Image: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
var accessibleRole: String?
|
||||
/// The name of the icon in the icon theme.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically.
|
||||
var iconName: String?
|
||||
/// The size in pixels to display icons at.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to a value != -1, this property overrides the
|
||||
/// ``iconSize(_:)`` property for images of type
|
||||
/// `GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME`.
|
||||
var pixelSize: Int?
|
||||
/// A path to a resource file to display.
|
||||
var resource: String?
|
||||
/// The representation being used for image data.
|
||||
var storageType: String?
|
||||
/// Whether the icon displayed in the `GtkImage` will use
|
||||
/// standard icon names fallback.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The value of this property is only relevant for images of type
|
||||
/// %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON.
|
||||
var useFallback: Bool?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Image`.
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_image_new()?.opaque())
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The storage to update.
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
public func update<Data>(_ storage: ViewStorage, data: WidgetData, updateProperties: Bool, type: Data.Type) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if let iconName, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.iconName != iconName {
|
||||
gtk_image_set_from_icon_name(widget, iconName)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let pixelSize, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.pixelSize != pixelSize {
|
||||
gtk_image_set_pixel_size(widget, pixelSize.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
for function in updateFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data, updateProperties)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if updateProperties {
|
||||
storage.previousState = self
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The name of the icon in the icon theme.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated automatically.
|
||||
public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The size in pixels to display icons at.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to a value != -1, this property overrides the
|
||||
/// ``iconSize(_:)`` property for images of type
|
||||
/// `GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME`.
|
||||
public func pixelSize(_ pixelSize: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.pixelSize = pixelSize }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// A path to a resource file to display.
|
||||
public func resource(_ resource: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.resource = resource }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The representation being used for image data.
|
||||
public func storageType(_ storageType: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.storageType = storageType }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the icon displayed in the `GtkImage` will use
|
||||
/// standard icon names fallback.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The value of this property is only relevant for images of type
|
||||
/// %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON.
|
||||
public func useFallback(_ useFallback: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useFallback = useFallback }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Label.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Displays a small amount of text.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Most labels are used to label another widget (such as an `Entry`).
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
public struct Label: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
var accessibleRole: String?
|
||||
/// The contents of the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains Pango markup (see `Pango.parse_markup`),
|
||||
/// you will have to set the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property to
|
||||
/// true in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Label.set_markup` for a convenience function that sets both
|
||||
/// this property and the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property at the
|
||||
/// same time.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
|
||||
/// set the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to true in order
|
||||
/// for the label to display them.
|
||||
var label: String
|
||||
/// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
|
||||
/// should display before it gets ellipsized. This both prevents the label
|
||||
/// from ellipsizing before this many lines are displayed, and limits the
|
||||
/// height request of the label to this many lines.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// > [!WARNING]
|
||||
/// > Setting this property has unintuitive and unfortunate consequences
|
||||
/// for the minimum _width_ of the label. Specifically, if the height
|
||||
/// of the label is such that it fits a smaller number of lines than
|
||||
/// the value of this property, the label can not be ellipsized at all,
|
||||
/// which means it must be wide enough to fit all the text fully.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
|
||||
var lines: Int?
|
||||
/// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
|
||||
var maxWidthChars: Int?
|
||||
/// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
|
||||
var mnemonicKeyval: UInt?
|
||||
/// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
|
||||
var mnemonicWidget: Body?
|
||||
/// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
|
||||
var selectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether the label is in single line mode.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
|
||||
/// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
|
||||
/// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
|
||||
/// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
|
||||
var singleLineMode: Bool?
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
var useMarkup: Bool?
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an `_`
|
||||
/// before the mnemonic character.
|
||||
var useUnderline: Bool?
|
||||
/// The desired width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
|
||||
var widthChars: Int?
|
||||
/// True if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
|
||||
var wrap: Bool?
|
||||
/// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to ``halign(_:)``, which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
var xalign: Float?
|
||||
/// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to ``valign(_:)``, which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
var yalign: Float?
|
||||
/// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `::copy-clipboard` signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
|
||||
var copyClipboard: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Label`.
|
||||
public init(label: String) {
|
||||
self.label = label
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_label_new(label)?.opaque())
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let mnemonicWidgetStorage = mnemonicWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["mnemonicWidget"] = [mnemonicWidgetStorage]
|
||||
gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(storage.opaquePointer, mnemonicWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The storage to update.
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
public func update<Data>(_ storage: ViewStorage, data: WidgetData, updateProperties: Bool, type: Data.Type) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
if let copyClipboard {
|
||||
storage.connectSignal(name: "copy-clipboard", argCount: 0) {
|
||||
copyClipboard()
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.label != label {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_label(widget, label)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let lines, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.lines != lines {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_lines(widget, lines.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let maxWidthChars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.maxWidthChars != maxWidthChars {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_max_width_chars(widget, maxWidthChars.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["mnemonicWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
mnemonicWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let selectable, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.selectable != selectable {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_selectable(widget, selectable.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let singleLineMode, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.singleLineMode != singleLineMode {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_single_line_mode(widget, singleLineMode.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let useMarkup, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.useMarkup != useMarkup {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_use_markup(widget, useMarkup.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let useUnderline, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.useUnderline != useUnderline {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_use_underline(widget, useUnderline.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widthChars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.widthChars != widthChars {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_width_chars(widget, widthChars.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let wrap, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.wrap != wrap {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_wrap(widget, wrap.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let xalign, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.xalign != xalign {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_xalign(widget, xalign)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let yalign, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.yalign != yalign {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_yalign(widget, yalign)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
for function in updateFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data, updateProperties)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if updateProperties {
|
||||
storage.previousState = self
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The contents of the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains Pango markup (see `Pango.parse_markup`),
|
||||
/// you will have to set the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property to
|
||||
/// true in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Label.set_markup` for a convenience function that sets both
|
||||
/// this property and the ``useMarkup(_:)`` property at the
|
||||
/// same time.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
|
||||
/// set the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to true in order
|
||||
/// for the label to display them.
|
||||
public func label(_ label: String) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.label = label }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
|
||||
/// should display before it gets ellipsized. This both prevents the label
|
||||
/// from ellipsizing before this many lines are displayed, and limits the
|
||||
/// height request of the label to this many lines.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// > [!WARNING]
|
||||
/// > Setting this property has unintuitive and unfortunate consequences
|
||||
/// for the minimum _width_ of the label. Specifically, if the height
|
||||
/// of the label is such that it fits a smaller number of lines than
|
||||
/// the value of this property, the label can not be ellipsized at all,
|
||||
/// which means it must be wide enough to fit all the text fully.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
|
||||
public func lines(_ lines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.lines = lines }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
|
||||
public func maxWidthChars(_ maxWidthChars: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
|
||||
public func mnemonicKeyval(_ mnemonicKeyval: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.mnemonicKeyval = mnemonicKeyval }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
|
||||
public func mnemonicWidget(@ViewBuilder _ mnemonicWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.mnemonicWidget = mnemonicWidget() }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
|
||||
public func selectable(_ selectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.selectable = selectable }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the label is in single line mode.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
|
||||
/// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
|
||||
/// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
|
||||
/// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
|
||||
public func singleLineMode(_ singleLineMode: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.singleLineMode = singleLineMode }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an `_`
|
||||
/// before the mnemonic character.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html
|
||||
public func widthChars(_ widthChars: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.widthChars = widthChars }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
|
||||
public func wrap(_ wrap: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.wrap = wrap }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to ``halign(_:)``, which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.xalign = xalign }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to ``valign(_:)``, which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
public func yalign(_ yalign: Float?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.yalign = yalign }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `::copy-clipboard` signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
|
||||
public func copyClipboard(_ copyClipboard: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.copyClipboard = copyClipboard
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ToggleGroup.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A group of exclusive toggles.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwToggleGroup` presents a set of exclusive toggles, represented as
|
||||
/// `Toggle` objects. Each toggle can display an icon, a label, an icon
|
||||
/// and a label, or a custom child.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Toggles are indexed by their position, with the first toggle being equivalent
|
||||
/// to 0, and so on. Use the ``active(_:)`` to get that position.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Toggles can also have optional names, set via the ``name(_:)``
|
||||
/// property. The name of the active toggle can be accessed via the
|
||||
/// ``activeName(_:)`` property.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwToggle` objects can be retrieved via their index or name, using
|
||||
/// `ToggleGroup.get_toggle` or `ToggleGroup.get_toggle_by_name`
|
||||
/// respectively. `AdwToggleGroup` also provides a `Gtk.SelectionModel` of
|
||||
/// its toggles via the ``toggles(_:)`` property.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwToggleGroup` is orientable, and the toggles can be displayed horizontally
|
||||
/// or vertically. This is mostly useful for icon-only toggles.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use the ``homogeneous(_:)`` property to make the toggles take
|
||||
/// the same size, and the ``canShrink(_:)`` to control whether
|
||||
/// the toggles can ellipsize.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Example of an `AdwToggleGroup` UI definition:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```xml
|
||||
/// <object class="AdwToggleGroup"><property name="active-name">picture</property><child><object class="AdwToggle"><property name="icon-name">camera-photo-symbolic</property><property name="tooltip" translatable="yes">Picture Mode</property><property name="name">picture</property></object></child><child><object class="AdwToggle"><property name="icon-name">camera-video-symbolic</property><property name="tooltip" translatable="yes">Recording Mode</property><property name="name">recording</property></object></child></object>
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also: `InlineViewSwitcher`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
public struct ToggleGroup: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The index of the active toggle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Setting the index to a larger value than the number of toggles in the group
|
||||
/// unsets the current active toggle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If no toggle is active, the property will be set to
|
||||
/// `Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION`.
|
||||
var active: Binding<UInt>?
|
||||
/// The name of the active toggle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The name can be set via ``name(_:)``. If the currently active
|
||||
/// toggle doesn't have a name, the property will be set to `NULL`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Set it to `NULL` to unset the current active toggle.
|
||||
var activeName: Binding<String>?
|
||||
/// Whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their contents.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``canShrink(_:)``.
|
||||
var canShrink: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether all toggles take the same size.
|
||||
var homogeneous: Bool?
|
||||
/// The number of toggles within the group.
|
||||
var nToggles: Binding<UInt>?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `ToggleGroup`.
|
||||
init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(adw_toggle_group_new()?.opaque())
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The storage to update.
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
public func update<Data>(_ storage: ViewStorage, data: WidgetData, updateProperties: Bool, type: Data.Type) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
storage.notify(name: "active") {
|
||||
let newValue = UInt(adw_toggle_group_get_active(storage.opaquePointer))
|
||||
if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
|
||||
active.wrappedValue = newValue
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.notify(name: "active-name") {
|
||||
let newValue = String(cString: adw_toggle_group_get_active_name(storage.opaquePointer))
|
||||
if let activeName, newValue != activeName.wrappedValue {
|
||||
activeName.wrappedValue = newValue
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.notify(name: "n-toggles") {
|
||||
let newValue = UInt(adw_toggle_group_get_n_toggles(storage.opaquePointer))
|
||||
if let nToggles, newValue != nToggles.wrappedValue {
|
||||
nToggles.wrappedValue = newValue
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let active, updateProperties, (UInt(adw_toggle_group_get_active(storage.opaquePointer))) != active.wrappedValue {
|
||||
adw_toggle_group_set_active(storage.opaquePointer, active.wrappedValue.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let activeName, updateProperties, (String(cString: adw_toggle_group_get_active_name(storage.opaquePointer))) != activeName.wrappedValue {
|
||||
adw_toggle_group_set_active_name(storage.opaquePointer, activeName.wrappedValue)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let canShrink, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.canShrink != canShrink {
|
||||
adw_toggle_group_set_can_shrink(widget, canShrink.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let homogeneous, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.homogeneous != homogeneous {
|
||||
adw_toggle_group_set_homogeneous(widget, homogeneous.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
for function in updateFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data, updateProperties)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if updateProperties {
|
||||
storage.previousState = self
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The index of the active toggle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Setting the index to a larger value than the number of toggles in the group
|
||||
/// unsets the current active toggle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If no toggle is active, the property will be set to
|
||||
/// `Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION`.
|
||||
public func active(_ active: Binding<UInt>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.active = active }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The name of the active toggle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The name can be set via ``name(_:)``. If the currently active
|
||||
/// toggle doesn't have a name, the property will be set to `NULL`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Set it to `NULL` to unset the current active toggle.
|
||||
public func activeName(_ activeName: Binding<String>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.activeName = activeName }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the toggles can be smaller than the natural size of their contents.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, the toggle labels will ellipsize.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``canShrink(_:)``.
|
||||
public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether all toggles take the same size.
|
||||
public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.homogeneous = homogeneous }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of toggles within the group.
|
||||
public func nToggles(_ nToggles: Binding<UInt>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.nToggles = nToggles }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ToolbarView.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A widget containing a page, as well as top and/or bottom bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwToolbarView` has a single content widget and one or multiple top and
|
||||
/// bottom bars, shown at the top and bottom sides respectively.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Example of an `AdwToolbarView` UI definition:
|
||||
/// ```xml
|
||||
/// <object class="AdwToolbarView"><child type="top"><object class="AdwHeaderBar"/></child><property name="content"><object class="AdwPreferencesPage"><!-- ... --></object></property></object>
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The following kinds of top and bottom bars are supported:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - `HeaderBar`
|
||||
/// - `TabBar`
|
||||
/// - `ViewSwitcherBar`
|
||||
/// - `Gtk.ActionBar`
|
||||
/// - `Gtk.HeaderBar`
|
||||
/// - `Gtk.PopoverMenuBar`
|
||||
/// - `Gtk.SearchBar`
|
||||
/// - Any `Gtk.Box` or a similar widget with the
|
||||
/// [`.toolbar`](style-classes.html
|
||||
public struct ToolbarView: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The current bottom bar height.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Bottom bar height does change depending on
|
||||
/// ``revealBottomBars(_:)``, including during the transition.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``topBarHeight(_:)``.
|
||||
var bottomBarHeight: Int?
|
||||
/// Appearance of the bottom bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_FLAT`, bottom bars are flat and scrolling content
|
||||
/// has a subtle undershoot shadow when touching them, same as the
|
||||
/// [`.undershoot-bottom`](style-classes.html
|
||||
var bottomBarStyle: ToolbarStyle?
|
||||
/// The content widget.
|
||||
var content: Body?
|
||||
/// Whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with
|
||||
/// ``revealBottomBars(_:)`` to show and hide toolbars in
|
||||
/// fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``extendContentToTopEdge(_:)``.
|
||||
var extendContentToBottomEdge: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with ``revealTopBars(_:)``
|
||||
/// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``extendContentToBottomEdge(_:)``.
|
||||
var extendContentToTopEdge: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether bottom bars are visible.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The transition will be animated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with
|
||||
/// ``extendContentToBottomEdge(_:)`` to show and hide
|
||||
/// toolbars in fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``revealTopBars(_:)``.
|
||||
var revealBottomBars: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether top bars are revealed.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The transition will be animated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with
|
||||
/// ``extendContentToTopEdge(_:)`` to show and hide toolbars
|
||||
/// in fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``revealBottomBars(_:)``.
|
||||
var revealTopBars: Bool?
|
||||
/// The current top bar height.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Top bar height does change depending ``revealTopBars(_:)``,
|
||||
/// including during the transition.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``bottomBarHeight(_:)``.
|
||||
var topBarHeight: Int?
|
||||
/// Appearance of the top bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_FLAT`, top bars are flat and scrolling content has a
|
||||
/// subtle undershoot shadow when touching them, same as the
|
||||
/// [`.undershoot-top`](style-classes.html
|
||||
var topBarStyle: ToolbarStyle?
|
||||
/// The body for the widget "bottom".
|
||||
var bottom: () -> Body = { [] }
|
||||
/// The body for the widget "top".
|
||||
var top: () -> Body = { [] }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `ToolbarView`.
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(adw_toolbar_view_new()?.opaque())
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let contentStorage = content?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["content"] = [contentStorage]
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_set_content(storage.opaquePointer, contentStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
var bottomStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
|
||||
for view in bottom() {
|
||||
bottomStorage.append(view.storage(data: data, type: type))
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_add_bottom_bar(storage.opaquePointer, bottomStorage.last?.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.content["bottom"] = bottomStorage
|
||||
var topStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
|
||||
for view in top() {
|
||||
topStorage.append(view.storage(data: data, type: type))
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_add_top_bar(storage.opaquePointer, topStorage.last?.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.content["top"] = topStorage
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The storage to update.
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
public func update<Data>(_ storage: ViewStorage, data: WidgetData, updateProperties: Bool, type: Data.Type) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if let bottomBarStyle, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.bottomBarStyle != bottomBarStyle {
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_set_bottom_bar_style(widget, bottomBarStyle.gtkValue)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["content"]?.first {
|
||||
content?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let extendContentToBottomEdge, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.extendContentToBottomEdge != extendContentToBottomEdge {
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_set_extend_content_to_bottom_edge(widget, extendContentToBottomEdge.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let extendContentToTopEdge, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.extendContentToTopEdge != extendContentToTopEdge {
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_set_extend_content_to_top_edge(widget, extendContentToTopEdge.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let revealBottomBars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.revealBottomBars != revealBottomBars {
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_set_reveal_bottom_bars(widget, revealBottomBars.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let revealTopBars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.revealTopBars != revealTopBars {
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_set_reveal_top_bars(widget, revealTopBars.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let topBarStyle, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.topBarStyle != topBarStyle {
|
||||
adw_toolbar_view_set_top_bar_style(widget, topBarStyle.gtkValue)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if let bottomStorage = storage.content["bottom"] {
|
||||
for (index, view) in bottom().enumerated() {
|
||||
if let storage = bottomStorage[safe: index] {
|
||||
view.updateStorage(
|
||||
storage,
|
||||
data: data,
|
||||
updateProperties: updateProperties,
|
||||
type: type
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let topStorage = storage.content["top"] {
|
||||
for (index, view) in top().enumerated() {
|
||||
if let storage = topStorage[safe: index] {
|
||||
view.updateStorage(
|
||||
storage,
|
||||
data: data,
|
||||
updateProperties: updateProperties,
|
||||
type: type
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
for function in updateFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data, updateProperties)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if updateProperties {
|
||||
storage.previousState = self
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The current bottom bar height.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Bottom bar height does change depending on
|
||||
/// ``revealBottomBars(_:)``, including during the transition.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``topBarHeight(_:)``.
|
||||
public func bottomBarHeight(_ bottomBarHeight: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.bottomBarHeight = bottomBarHeight }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Appearance of the bottom bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_FLAT`, bottom bars are flat and scrolling content
|
||||
/// has a subtle undershoot shadow when touching them, same as the
|
||||
/// [`.undershoot-bottom`](style-classes.html
|
||||
public func bottomBarStyle(_ bottomBarStyle: ToolbarStyle?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.bottomBarStyle = bottomBarStyle }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The content widget.
|
||||
public func content(@ViewBuilder _ content: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.content = content() }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the content widget can extend behind bottom bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with
|
||||
/// ``revealBottomBars(_:)`` to show and hide toolbars in
|
||||
/// fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``extendContentToTopEdge(_:)``.
|
||||
public func extendContentToBottomEdge(_ extendContentToBottomEdge: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.extendContentToBottomEdge = extendContentToBottomEdge }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the content widget can extend behind top bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with ``revealTopBars(_:)``
|
||||
/// to show and hide toolbars in fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``extendContentToBottomEdge(_:)``.
|
||||
public func extendContentToTopEdge(_ extendContentToTopEdge: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.extendContentToTopEdge = extendContentToTopEdge }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether bottom bars are visible.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The transition will be animated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with
|
||||
/// ``extendContentToBottomEdge(_:)`` to show and hide
|
||||
/// toolbars in fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``revealTopBars(_:)``.
|
||||
public func revealBottomBars(_ revealBottomBars: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.revealBottomBars = revealBottomBars }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether top bars are revealed.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The transition will be animated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This can be used in combination with
|
||||
/// ``extendContentToTopEdge(_:)`` to show and hide toolbars
|
||||
/// in fullscreen.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``revealBottomBars(_:)``.
|
||||
public func revealTopBars(_ revealTopBars: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.revealTopBars = revealTopBars }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The current top bar height.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Top bar height does change depending ``revealTopBars(_:)``,
|
||||
/// including during the transition.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``bottomBarHeight(_:)``.
|
||||
public func topBarHeight(_ topBarHeight: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.topBarHeight = topBarHeight }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Appearance of the top bars.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `ADW_TOOLBAR_FLAT`, top bars are flat and scrolling content has a
|
||||
/// subtle undershoot shadow when touching them, same as the
|
||||
/// [`.undershoot-top`](style-classes.html
|
||||
public func topBarStyle(_ topBarStyle: ToolbarStyle?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.topBarStyle = topBarStyle }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the body for "bottom".
|
||||
/// - Parameter body: The body.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The widget.
|
||||
public func bottom(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.bottom = body
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
/// Set the body for "top".
|
||||
/// - Parameter body: The body.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The widget.
|
||||
public func top(@ViewBuilder _ body: @escaping () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.top = body
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// SplitView.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 19.09.2025.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import Foundation
|
||||
|
||||
/// A split view.
|
||||
struct SplitView: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The start widget.
|
||||
@ViewProperty(
|
||||
set: { widget, view in gtk_paned_set_start_child(.init(widget), view.cast()) },
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer.self,
|
||||
subview: OpaquePointer.self,
|
||||
context: AdwaitaMainView.self
|
||||
)
|
||||
var start
|
||||
/// The end widget.
|
||||
@ViewProperty(
|
||||
set: { widget, view in gtk_paned_set_end_child(.init(widget), view.cast()) },
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer.self,
|
||||
subview: OpaquePointer.self,
|
||||
context: AdwaitaMainView.self
|
||||
)
|
||||
var end
|
||||
/// Position of the splitter
|
||||
@BindingProperty(
|
||||
observe: { _, binding, storage in
|
||||
storage.notify(name: "position") {
|
||||
binding.wrappedValue = Int(gtk_paned_get_position(storage.opaquePointer))
|
||||
}
|
||||
},
|
||||
set: { widget, value, _ in gtk_paned_set_position(widget, Int32(value)) },
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer.self
|
||||
)
|
||||
var splitter: Binding<Int> = .constant(0)
|
||||
/// Whether the split view is vertical.
|
||||
var vertical: Bool
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a split view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - splitter: The position of the splitter.
|
||||
/// - vertical: Whether to make the splitter vertical.
|
||||
/// - start: The start widget.
|
||||
/// - end: The end widget.
|
||||
init(
|
||||
splitter: Binding<Int>,
|
||||
vertical: Bool,
|
||||
start: Body,
|
||||
end: Body
|
||||
) {
|
||||
self.vertical = vertical
|
||||
self.splitter = splitter
|
||||
self.start = start
|
||||
self.end = end
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the widget.
|
||||
func initializeWidget() -> Any {
|
||||
gtk_paned_new(vertical ? GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL).opaque() as Any
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// A horizontal split view.
|
||||
public struct HSplitView: SimpleView {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The splitter.
|
||||
@Binding var splitter: Int
|
||||
/// The start widget.
|
||||
var start: Body
|
||||
/// The end widget.
|
||||
var end: Body
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view.
|
||||
public var view: Body {
|
||||
SplitView(splitter: $splitter, vertical: false, start: start, end: end)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a horizontal split view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - splitter: The position of the splitter.
|
||||
/// - start: The start widget.
|
||||
/// - end: The end widget.
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
splitter: Binding<Int>,
|
||||
@ViewBuilder start: () -> Body,
|
||||
@ViewBuilder end: () -> Body
|
||||
) {
|
||||
self._splitter = splitter
|
||||
self.start = start()
|
||||
self.end = end()
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// A vertical split view.
|
||||
public struct VSplitView: SimpleView {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The splitter.
|
||||
@Binding var splitter: Int
|
||||
/// The start widget.
|
||||
var start: Body
|
||||
/// The end widget.
|
||||
var end: Body
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view.
|
||||
public var view: Body {
|
||||
SplitView(splitter: $splitter, vertical: true, start: start, end: end)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a vertical split view.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - splitter: The position of the splitter.
|
||||
/// - start: The start widget.
|
||||
/// - end: The end widget.
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
splitter: Binding<Int>,
|
||||
@ViewBuilder start: () -> Body,
|
||||
@ViewBuilder end: () -> Body
|
||||
) {
|
||||
self._splitter = splitter
|
||||
self.start = start()
|
||||
self.end = end()
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Symbol.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by Marquis Kurt on 23.10.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
/// A view that display a symbolic image.
|
||||
public typealias Symbol = Image
|
||||
|
||||
extension Symbol {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a symbolic image view.
|
||||
/// - Parameter icon: The icon to display in the view.
|
||||
public init(icon: Icon) {
|
||||
self.init()
|
||||
self.iconName = icon.string
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// TextEditor.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 09.08.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
|
||||
/// A text editor widget.
|
||||
public typealias TextEditor = TextView
|
||||
|
||||
/// A text editor widget.
|
||||
public struct TextView: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The editor's content.
|
||||
@BindingProperty(
|
||||
observe: { _, text, storage in
|
||||
if let buffer = storage.content["buffer"]?.first {
|
||||
buffer.connectSignal(name: "changed") {
|
||||
let currentText = Self.getText(buffer: buffer)
|
||||
if text.wrappedValue != currentText {
|
||||
text.wrappedValue = currentText
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
},
|
||||
set: { _, text, storage in
|
||||
if let buffer = storage.content["buffer"]?.first, Self.getText(buffer: buffer) != text {
|
||||
gtk_text_buffer_set_text(buffer.opaquePointer?.cast(), text, -1)
|
||||
}
|
||||
},
|
||||
pointer: Any.self
|
||||
)
|
||||
var text: Binding<String> = .constant("")
|
||||
/// The padding between the border and the content.
|
||||
@Property(
|
||||
set: { $1.set($0) },
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer.self
|
||||
)
|
||||
var padding: InnerPadding?
|
||||
/// The (word) wrap mode used when rendering the text.
|
||||
@Property(
|
||||
set: { gtk_text_view_set_wrap_mode($0.cast(), $1.rawValue) },
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer.self
|
||||
)
|
||||
var wrapMode: WrapMode = .none
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a text editor.
|
||||
/// - Parameter text: The editor's content.
|
||||
public init(text: Binding<String>) {
|
||||
self.text = text
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The inner padding of a text view.
|
||||
struct InnerPadding {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The padding.
|
||||
var padding: Int
|
||||
/// The affected edges.
|
||||
var paddingEdges: Set<Edge>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the inner padding on a text view.
|
||||
/// - Parameter pointer: The text view.
|
||||
func set(_ pointer: OpaquePointer) {
|
||||
if paddingEdges.contains(.top) {
|
||||
gtk_text_view_set_top_margin(pointer.cast(), padding.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if paddingEdges.contains(.bottom) {
|
||||
gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin(pointer.cast(), padding.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if paddingEdges.contains(.leading) {
|
||||
gtk_text_view_set_left_margin(pointer.cast(), padding.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if paddingEdges.contains(.trailing) {
|
||||
gtk_text_view_set_right_margin(pointer.cast(), padding.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the text view's content.
|
||||
/// - Parameter buffer: The text view's buffer.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The content.
|
||||
static func getText(buffer: ViewStorage) -> String {
|
||||
let startIter: UnsafeMutablePointer<GtkTextIter> = .allocate(capacity: 1)
|
||||
let endIter: UnsafeMutablePointer<GtkTextIter> = .allocate(capacity: 1)
|
||||
gtk_text_buffer_get_start_iter(buffer.opaquePointer?.cast(), startIter)
|
||||
gtk_text_buffer_get_end_iter(buffer.opaquePointer?.cast(), endIter)
|
||||
return .init(
|
||||
cString: gtk_text_buffer_get_text(buffer.opaquePointer?.cast(), startIter, endIter, true.cBool)
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the editor's view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - data: The widget data.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let buffer = ViewStorage(gtk_text_buffer_new(nil)?.opaque())
|
||||
let editor = ViewStorage(
|
||||
gtk_text_view_new_with_buffer(buffer.opaquePointer?.cast())?.opaque(),
|
||||
content: ["buffer": [buffer]]
|
||||
)
|
||||
initProperties(editor, data: data, type: type)
|
||||
return editor
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the wrapMode for the text view.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Available wrap modes are `none`, `char`, `word`, `wordChar`. Please refer to the
|
||||
/// corresponding `GtkWrapMode` documentation for the details on how they work.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - Parameter mode: The `WrapMode` to set.
|
||||
public func wrapMode(_ mode: WrapMode) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.wrapMode = mode
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add padding between the editor's content and border.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - padding: The padding's value.
|
||||
/// - edges: The affected edges.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The editor.
|
||||
public func innerPadding(_ padding: Int = 10, edges: Set<Edge> = .all) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.padding = .init(padding: padding, paddingEdges: edges)
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// ToggleGroup+.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 03.11.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
extension ToggleGroup {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The identifier for the values.
|
||||
static var values: String { "values" }
|
||||
/// The identifier for the toggles.
|
||||
static var toggle: String { "Toggle::" }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a toggle group.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - selection: The selected value.
|
||||
/// - values: The available values.
|
||||
public init<Element>(
|
||||
selection: Binding<Element.ID>,
|
||||
values: [Element]
|
||||
) where Element: ToggleGroupItem {
|
||||
self.init(
|
||||
selection: selection,
|
||||
values: values,
|
||||
id: \.id,
|
||||
label: \.id.description,
|
||||
icon: \.icon,
|
||||
showLabel: \.showLabel
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a toggle group.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - selection: The selected value.
|
||||
/// - values: The available values.
|
||||
/// - id: The path to the identifier.
|
||||
/// - label: The path to the label.
|
||||
/// - icon: The path to the icon.
|
||||
/// - showLabel: The path to the boolean that defines whether to show an element's label.
|
||||
public init<Element, Identifier>(
|
||||
selection: Binding<Identifier>,
|
||||
values: [Element],
|
||||
id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
|
||||
label: KeyPath<Element, String>,
|
||||
icon: KeyPath<Element, Icon?>? = nil,
|
||||
showLabel: KeyPath<Element, Bool>? = nil
|
||||
) where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
self.init()
|
||||
appearFunctions.append { storage, _ in
|
||||
storage.notify(name: "active-name", id: "init") {
|
||||
if let name = adw_toggle_group_get_active_name(storage.opaquePointer),
|
||||
let values = storage.fields[Self.values] as? [Element],
|
||||
let identifier = values
|
||||
.map({ $0[keyPath: label] }).first(where: { $0.description == String(cString: name) }),
|
||||
let value = values.first(where: { $0[keyPath: label] == identifier }) {
|
||||
selection.wrappedValue = value[keyPath: id]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
updateFunctions.append { storage, _, updateProperties in
|
||||
Self.updateContent(
|
||||
storage: storage,
|
||||
selection: selection.wrappedValue,
|
||||
values: values,
|
||||
id: id,
|
||||
label: label,
|
||||
icon: icon,
|
||||
showLabel: showLabel,
|
||||
updateProperties: updateProperties
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// swiftlint:disable function_parameter_count
|
||||
/// Update the combo row's content.
|
||||
static func updateContent<Element, Identifier>(
|
||||
storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
selection: Identifier,
|
||||
values: [Element],
|
||||
id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
|
||||
label: KeyPath<Element, String>,
|
||||
icon: KeyPath<Element, Icon?>?,
|
||||
showLabel: KeyPath<Element, Bool>?,
|
||||
updateProperties: Bool
|
||||
) where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
guard updateProperties else {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
let old = storage.fields[Self.values] as? [Element] ?? []
|
||||
old.transform(
|
||||
to: values,
|
||||
id: id,
|
||||
functions: .init { index in
|
||||
if let id = old[safe: index]?[keyPath: label],
|
||||
let toggle = storage.fields[Self.toggle + id] as? OpaquePointer {
|
||||
adw_toggle_group_remove(storage.opaquePointer, toggle)
|
||||
}
|
||||
} insert: { _, element in
|
||||
let toggle = adw_toggle_new()
|
||||
adw_toggle_set_name(toggle, element[keyPath: label])
|
||||
if let showLabel, !element[keyPath: showLabel] {
|
||||
adw_toggle_set_tooltip(toggle, element[keyPath: label])
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
adw_toggle_set_label(toggle, element[keyPath: label])
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let icon, let icon = element[keyPath: icon] {
|
||||
adw_toggle_set_icon_name(toggle, icon.string)
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.fields[Self.toggle + element[keyPath: label]] = toggle
|
||||
adw_toggle_group_add(storage.opaquePointer, toggle)
|
||||
}
|
||||
)
|
||||
storage.fields[Self.values] = values
|
||||
if let selection = values.first(where: { $0[keyPath: id] == selection }) {
|
||||
adw_toggle_group_set_active_name(storage.opaquePointer, selection[keyPath: label])
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// swiftlint:enable function_parameter_count
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// An item of a toggle group.
|
||||
public protocol ToggleGroupItem: Identifiable where Self.ID: CustomStringConvertible {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The item's icon.
|
||||
var icon: Icon? { get }
|
||||
/// Whether to show the label in the UI (the identifier's string conversion).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Otherwise, it will be used as the tooltip.
|
||||
var showLabel: Bool { get }
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Window+.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by david-swift on 30.10.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
extension Window {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a keyboard shortcut.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
|
||||
/// - action: The closure to execute when the keyboard shortcut is pressed.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, action: @escaping (AdwaitaWindow) -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.shortcuts[shortcut] = action
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add the shortcut "<Ctrl>w" which closes the window.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func closeShortcut() -> Self {
|
||||
keyboardShortcut("w".ctrl()) { $0.close() }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add a keyboard shortcut for the whole application.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - shortcut: The keyboard shortcut.
|
||||
/// - action: The closure to execute when the keyboard shortcut is pressed.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func appKeyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, action: @escaping (AdwaitaApp) -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.appShortcuts[shortcut] = action
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Add the shortcut "<Ctrl>q" which quits the application.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func quitShortcut() -> Self {
|
||||
appKeyboardShortcut("q".ctrl()) { $0.quit() }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the window's default size.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - width: The window's width.
|
||||
/// - height: The window's height.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func defaultSize(width: Int? = nil, height: Int? = nil) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.defaultWidth = width
|
||||
newSelf.defaultHeight = height
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the window's title.
|
||||
/// - Parameter title: The title.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.title = title
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set whether the window is resizable.
|
||||
/// - Parameter resizable: The resizability.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func resizable(_ resizable: Bool?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.resizable = resizable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set whether the window is deletable.
|
||||
/// - Parameter resizable: The deletability.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func deletable(_ deletable: Bool?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.deletable = deletable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get the window's width and height.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - width: The window's actual width.
|
||||
/// - height: The window's actual height.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func size(width: Binding<Int>? = nil, height: Binding<Int>? = nil) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.width = width
|
||||
newSelf.height = height
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the window's minimum width and height.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - minWidth: The window's minimum width.
|
||||
/// - minHeight: The window's minimum height.
|
||||
public func minSize(width: Int = -1, height: Int = -1) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.minWidth = width
|
||||
newSelf.minHeight = height
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Get and set whether the window is maximized.
|
||||
/// - Parameter maximized: Whether the window is maximized.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func maximized(_ maximized: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maximized = maximized
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the window used the development style.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is active.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func devel(_ active: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.devel = active
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Run this closure when the window should be closed.
|
||||
/// - Parameter onClose: The closure.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The window.
|
||||
public func onClose(onClose: @escaping () -> CloseConfirmation) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.onClose = onClose
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -44,26 +44,6 @@ gtui_filedialog_open (uint64_t dialog, uint64_t data, uint64_t window)
|
||||
gtk_file_dialog_open (dialog, window, NULL, G_CALLBACK (gtui_filedialog_open_finish), (void *)data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtui_filedialog_open_folder_finish (uint64_t dialog, uint64_t result, uint64_t data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GFile *file = gtk_file_dialog_select_folder_finish (dialog, result, NULL);
|
||||
if (file != NULL) {
|
||||
const char *path = g_file_peek_path (file);
|
||||
g_object_unref (file);
|
||||
filedialog_on_open_cb (dialog, path, data);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
filedialog_on_open_cb (dialog, NULL, data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtui_filedialog_open_folder (uint64_t dialog, uint64_t data, uint64_t window)
|
||||
{
|
||||
swift_retain (data);
|
||||
gtk_file_dialog_select_folder (dialog, window, NULL, G_CALLBACK (gtui_filedialog_open_folder_finish), (void *)data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtui_alertdialog_cb (uint64_t dialog, uint64_t result, uint64_t data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
@ -85,13 +65,3 @@ gtui_initialize_boolean (gboolean boolean)
|
||||
g_value_set_boolean(&val, boolean);
|
||||
return val;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
gtui_cssprovider_set_prefers_color_scheme (uint64_t provider, GtkInterfaceColorScheme scheme)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GValue val = G_VALUE_INIT;
|
||||
g_value_init(&val, G_TYPE_ENUM);
|
||||
g_value_set_enum(&val, scheme);
|
||||
g_object_set_property(provider, "prefers-color-scheme", &val);
|
||||
g_value_unset(&val);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ public class AdwaitaApp: AppStorage {
|
||||
/// - Parameter id: The identifier.
|
||||
public required init(id: String) {
|
||||
pointer = adw_application_new(id, G_APPLICATION_DEFAULT_FLAGS)?.cast()
|
||||
DatabaseInformation.setPath(Self.userDataDir().appendingPathComponent("\(id).sqlite").path)
|
||||
DatabaseInformation.setPath(Self.userDataDir().appendingPathComponent("data.sqlite").path)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Copy a string to the clipboard.
|
||||
@ -11,15 +11,13 @@ import CAdw
|
||||
public class SignalData {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The closure.
|
||||
public var closure: ([Any?]) -> Any?
|
||||
/// Destroy the class.
|
||||
public var selfDestruction: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
public var closure: ([Any?]) -> Void
|
||||
|
||||
/// The closure as a C handler.
|
||||
var handler: @convention(c) (UnsafeMutableRawPointer, UnsafeMutableRawPointer) -> Void {
|
||||
{ _, data in
|
||||
let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
|
||||
_ = data.closure([])
|
||||
data.closure([])
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -31,7 +29,7 @@ public class SignalData {
|
||||
) -> Void {
|
||||
{ _, arg1, data in
|
||||
let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
|
||||
_ = data.closure([arg1])
|
||||
data.closure([arg1])
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -44,7 +42,7 @@ public class SignalData {
|
||||
) -> Void {
|
||||
{ _, arg1, arg2, data in
|
||||
let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
|
||||
_ = data.closure([arg1, arg2])
|
||||
data.closure([arg1, arg2])
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -58,49 +56,20 @@ public class SignalData {
|
||||
) -> Void {
|
||||
{ _, arg1, arg2, arg3, data in
|
||||
let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
|
||||
_ = data.closure([arg1, arg2, arg3])
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The closure as a C handler with a return value.
|
||||
var boolHandler: @convention(c) (UnsafeMutableRawPointer, UnsafeMutableRawPointer) -> Bool {
|
||||
{ _, data in
|
||||
let data = unsafeBitCast(data, to: SignalData.self)
|
||||
return data.closure([]) as? Bool ?? false
|
||||
data.closure([arg1, arg2, arg3])
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the signal data.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - closure: The signal's closure.
|
||||
/// - destroy: The self destruction.
|
||||
public convenience init(closure: @escaping () -> Any?, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
|
||||
self.init(closure: { _ in closure() }, destroy: destroy)
|
||||
/// - Parameter closure: The signal's closure.
|
||||
public convenience init(closure: @escaping () -> Void) {
|
||||
self.init { _ in closure() }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the signal data.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - closure: The signal's closure.
|
||||
/// - destroy: The self destruction.
|
||||
public convenience init(closure: @escaping () -> Void, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
|
||||
self.init(closure: { _ in closure(); return nil }, destroy: destroy)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize the signal data.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - closure: The signal's closure.
|
||||
/// - destroy: The self destruction.
|
||||
public init(closure: @escaping ([Any]) -> Any?, destroy: (() -> Void)? = nil) {
|
||||
/// - Parameter closure: The signal's closure.
|
||||
public init(closure: @escaping ([Any]) -> Void) {
|
||||
self.closure = closure
|
||||
self.selfDestruction = destroy
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The return type.
|
||||
public enum ReturnType {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Returns a boolean.
|
||||
case bool
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Connect the signal data to a signal.
|
||||
@ -108,20 +77,9 @@ public class SignalData {
|
||||
/// - pointer: The pointer to the object which holds the signal.
|
||||
/// - signal: The signal's name.
|
||||
/// - argCount: The number of arguments.
|
||||
/// - return: The return type.
|
||||
public func connect(
|
||||
pointer: UnsafeMutableRawPointer?,
|
||||
signal: String,
|
||||
argCount: Int = 0,
|
||||
return: ReturnType? = nil
|
||||
) {
|
||||
public func connect(pointer: UnsafeMutableRawPointer?, signal: String, argCount: Int = 0) {
|
||||
let callback: GCallback
|
||||
if let `return` {
|
||||
switch `return` {
|
||||
case .bool:
|
||||
callback = unsafeBitCast(boolHandler, to: GCallback.self)
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if argCount >= 3 {
|
||||
if argCount >= 3 {
|
||||
callback = unsafeBitCast(fiveParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self)
|
||||
} else if argCount == 2 {
|
||||
callback = unsafeBitCast(fourParamsHandler, to: GCallback.self)
|
||||
@ -130,19 +88,12 @@ public class SignalData {
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
callback = unsafeBitCast(handler, to: GCallback.self)
|
||||
}
|
||||
let destroy: GClosureNotify = { data, _ in
|
||||
guard let data else {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
let signalData: SignalData = Unmanaged.fromOpaque(data).takeUnretainedValue()
|
||||
signalData.selfDestruction?()
|
||||
}
|
||||
g_signal_connect_data(
|
||||
pointer,
|
||||
signal,
|
||||
callback,
|
||||
Unmanaged.passUnretained(self).toOpaque().cast(),
|
||||
destroy,
|
||||
nil,
|
||||
G_CONNECT_AFTER
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -48,30 +48,7 @@ extension Storage {
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
|
||||
handler: @escaping () -> Void
|
||||
) {
|
||||
connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, pointer: pointer) {
|
||||
handler()
|
||||
return nil
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Connect a handler to a signal.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - name: The signal's name.
|
||||
/// - id: The handlers id to separate form others connecting to the signal.
|
||||
/// - connectFlags: The GConnectFlags.
|
||||
/// - argCount: The number of additional arguments (without the first and the last one).
|
||||
/// - return: The return type.
|
||||
/// - pointer: A custom pointer instead of the stored one.
|
||||
/// - handler: The signal's handler.
|
||||
public func connectSignal(
|
||||
name: String,
|
||||
id: String = "",
|
||||
argCount: Int = 0,
|
||||
return: SignalData.ReturnType? = nil,
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
|
||||
handler: @escaping () -> Any?
|
||||
) {
|
||||
connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, return: `return`, pointer: pointer) { _ in
|
||||
connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, pointer: pointer) { _ in
|
||||
handler()
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -89,42 +66,13 @@ extension Storage {
|
||||
argCount: Int = 0,
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
|
||||
handler: @escaping ([Any]) -> Void
|
||||
) {
|
||||
connectSignal(name: name, id: id, argCount: argCount, pointer: pointer) { args in
|
||||
handler(args)
|
||||
return nil
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Connect a handler to a signal.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - name: The signal's name.
|
||||
/// - id: The handlers id to separate form others connecting to the signal.
|
||||
/// - argCount: The number of additional arguments (without the first and the last one).
|
||||
/// - return: The return type.
|
||||
/// - pointer: A custom pointer instead of the stored one.
|
||||
/// - handler: The signal's handler.
|
||||
public func connectSignal(
|
||||
name: String,
|
||||
id: String = "",
|
||||
argCount: Int = 0,
|
||||
return: SignalData.ReturnType? = nil,
|
||||
pointer: OpaquePointer? = nil,
|
||||
handler: @escaping ([Any]) -> Any?
|
||||
) {
|
||||
if let data = fields[name + id] as? SignalData {
|
||||
data.closure = handler
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
let data = SignalData(closure: handler) { [self] in fields[name + id] = nil }
|
||||
let data = SignalData(closure: handler)
|
||||
fields[name + id] = data
|
||||
data.connect(
|
||||
pointer: (
|
||||
pointer ?? opaquePointer ?? ((self as? SceneStorage)?.pointer as? AdwaitaWindow)?.pointer?.opaque()
|
||||
)?.cast(),
|
||||
signal: name,
|
||||
argCount: argCount,
|
||||
return: `return`
|
||||
)
|
||||
data.connect(pointer: (pointer ?? opaquePointer)?.cast(), signal: name, argCount: argCount)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -45,11 +45,8 @@ extension Button {
|
||||
/// - window: The application window.
|
||||
/// - active: Whether the keyboard shortcut is active.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The button.
|
||||
public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
inspect { _, data, _ in
|
||||
guard let window = data.sceneStorage.pointer as? AdwaitaWindow else {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, window: AdwaitaWindow, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
onUpdate {
|
||||
if active {
|
||||
window.app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut, window: window) { self.clicked?() }
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
@ -66,15 +63,12 @@ extension Button {
|
||||
/// - window: The application.
|
||||
/// - active: Whether the keyboard shortcut is active.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The button.
|
||||
public func appKeyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
inspect { _, data, _ in
|
||||
guard let window = data.sceneStorage.pointer as? AdwaitaWindow else {
|
||||
return
|
||||
}
|
||||
public func keyboardShortcut(_ shortcut: String, app: AdwaitaApp, active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
onUpdate {
|
||||
if active {
|
||||
window.app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut) { self.clicked?() }
|
||||
app.addKeyboardShortcut(shortcut, id: shortcut) { self.clicked?() }
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
window.app.removeKeyboardShortcut(id: shortcut)
|
||||
app.removeKeyboardShortcut(id: shortcut)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import CAdw
|
||||
import Foundation
|
||||
|
||||
/// The about dialog widget.
|
||||
struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
public struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the dialog is visible.
|
||||
@Binding var visible: Bool
|
||||
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - icon: The icon.
|
||||
/// - website: The website's URL.
|
||||
/// - issues: The link for opening issues.
|
||||
init(
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
visible: Binding<Bool>,
|
||||
child: AnyView,
|
||||
appName: String? = nil,
|
||||
@ -67,8 +67,10 @@ struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let storage = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
@ -77,7 +79,7 @@ struct AboutDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
func update<Data>(
|
||||
public func update<Data>(
|
||||
_ storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
data: WidgetData,
|
||||
updateProperties: Bool,
|
||||
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - heading: The heading.
|
||||
/// - body: The body text.
|
||||
/// - extraChild: The body view.
|
||||
init(
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
visible: Binding<Bool>,
|
||||
child: AnyView,
|
||||
id: String,
|
||||
@ -106,7 +106,9 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
data: WidgetData,
|
||||
type: Data.Type
|
||||
) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
let storage = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
@ -123,10 +125,8 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
storage.fields[Self.visibleID + id] = _visible
|
||||
child.updateStorage(storage, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
defer {
|
||||
if let storage = storage.content["extra-child"]?.first, visible {
|
||||
extraChild?.updateStorage(storage, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let storage = storage.content["extra-child"]?.first, visible {
|
||||
extraChild?.updateStorage(storage, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
guard updateProperties else {
|
||||
return
|
||||
@ -168,6 +168,7 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
let dialog = storage.content[Self.dialogID + id]?.first?.opaquePointer
|
||||
adw_dialog_close(dialog?.cast())
|
||||
storage.content[Self.dialogID] = []
|
||||
storage.content["extra-child"] = nil
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -215,7 +216,6 @@ public struct AlertDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
storage.content[Self.dialogID + id] = [dialog]
|
||||
if let extraChild {
|
||||
let child = extraChild.storage(data: data, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
|
||||
extraChild.updateStorage(child, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
|
||||
let childPointer = child.pointer as? OpaquePointer
|
||||
storage.content["extra-child"] = [child]
|
||||
adw_alert_dialog_set_extra_child(pointer?.cast(), childPointer?.cast())
|
||||
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
|
||||
/// The dialog widget.
|
||||
struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
public struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the dialog is visible.
|
||||
@Binding var visible: Bool
|
||||
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - title: The title.
|
||||
/// - width: The width.
|
||||
/// - height: The height.
|
||||
init(
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
visible: Binding<Bool>,
|
||||
child: AnyView,
|
||||
id: String,
|
||||
@ -62,9 +62,11 @@ struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
@ -73,7 +75,7 @@ struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
func update<Data>(
|
||||
public func update<Data>(
|
||||
_ storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
data: WidgetData,
|
||||
updateProperties: Bool,
|
||||
@ -130,7 +132,6 @@ struct Dialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
let dialog = ViewStorage(pointer?.opaque())
|
||||
storage.content[dialogID + id] = [dialog]
|
||||
let contentStorage = content.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
content.updateStorage(contentStorage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
adw_dialog_set_child(pointer, contentStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
storage.content[contentID + id] = [contentStorage]
|
||||
dialog.connectSignal(name: "closed") {
|
||||
@ -9,103 +9,67 @@ import CAdw
|
||||
import Foundation
|
||||
|
||||
/// A structure representing a file dialog window.
|
||||
struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
public struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The dialog type.
|
||||
var type: DialogType
|
||||
/// Whether the dialog is an importer.
|
||||
var importer: Bool
|
||||
/// Whether the dialog should open.
|
||||
var open: Signal
|
||||
/// The dialog's child.
|
||||
var child: AnyView
|
||||
/// The initial folder.
|
||||
var initialFolder: URL?
|
||||
/// The initial file name for the file exporter.
|
||||
var initialName: String?
|
||||
/// The accepted extensions for the file importer.
|
||||
var extensions: [String]?
|
||||
/// The closure to run when the import or export is successful.
|
||||
var result: (URL) -> Void
|
||||
/// The closure to run when the import or export is not successful.
|
||||
var cancel: () -> Void
|
||||
|
||||
// swiftlint:disable function_default_parameter_at_end
|
||||
/// Initialize the file dialog wrapper.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - type: The dialog type.
|
||||
/// - importer: Whether it is an importer.
|
||||
/// - open: The signal.
|
||||
/// - child: The wrapped view.
|
||||
/// - initialFolder: The initial URL.
|
||||
/// - initialName: The initial name.
|
||||
/// - extensions: The file extensions.
|
||||
/// - result: Run when the import or export succeeds.
|
||||
/// - cancel: Run when the import or export is not successful.
|
||||
/// - initialFolder: The initial folder.
|
||||
init(
|
||||
type: DialogType,
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
importer: Bool = true,
|
||||
`open`: Signal,
|
||||
child: AnyView,
|
||||
result: @escaping (URL) -> Void,
|
||||
cancel: @escaping () -> Void,
|
||||
initialFolder: URL? = nil,
|
||||
initialName: String? = nil,
|
||||
extensions: [String]? = nil
|
||||
) {
|
||||
self.type = type
|
||||
self.importer = importer
|
||||
self.open = open
|
||||
self.child = child
|
||||
self.result = result
|
||||
self.cancel = cancel
|
||||
self.initialFolder = initialFolder
|
||||
self.initialName = initialName
|
||||
self.extensions = extensions
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The different types of dialogs and their properties.
|
||||
enum DialogType {
|
||||
|
||||
/// An importer dialog.
|
||||
case importer(folder: Bool, extensions: [String]?)
|
||||
/// An exporter dialog.
|
||||
case exporter(initialName: String?)
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the dialog is an importer.
|
||||
var isImporter: Bool {
|
||||
switch self {
|
||||
case .importer:
|
||||
true
|
||||
default:
|
||||
false
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The supported extensions.
|
||||
var extensions: [String]? {
|
||||
switch self {
|
||||
case let .importer(folder: _, extensions: extensions):
|
||||
extensions
|
||||
default:
|
||||
nil
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to import folders.
|
||||
var folder: Bool {
|
||||
switch self {
|
||||
case let .importer(folder: folder, extensions: _):
|
||||
folder
|
||||
default:
|
||||
false
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The initial name.
|
||||
var initialName: String? {
|
||||
switch self {
|
||||
case let .exporter(initialName: initialName):
|
||||
initialName
|
||||
default:
|
||||
nil
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
// swiftlint:enable function_default_parameter_at_end
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
@ -114,7 +78,7 @@ struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
func update<Data>(
|
||||
public func update<Data>(
|
||||
_ storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
data: WidgetData,
|
||||
updateProperties: Bool,
|
||||
@ -130,10 +94,10 @@ struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var unref: [OpaquePointer?] = []
|
||||
let pointer = gtk_file_dialog_new()
|
||||
unref.append(pointer)
|
||||
if let initialName = self.type.initialName {
|
||||
if let initialName {
|
||||
gtk_file_dialog_set_initial_name(pointer, initialName)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let extensions = self.type.extensions {
|
||||
if let extensions {
|
||||
let filter = gtk_file_filter_new()
|
||||
for name in extensions {
|
||||
gtk_file_filter_add_suffix(filter, name)
|
||||
@ -161,9 +125,7 @@ struct FileDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
storage.fields["callbacks"] = callbacks
|
||||
let ptr = UInt64(Int(bitPattern: pointer))
|
||||
let window = UInt64(Int(bitPattern: gtk_widget_get_root(mainStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())))
|
||||
if self.type.isImporter && self.type.folder {
|
||||
gtui_filedialog_open_folder(ptr, unsafeBitCast(callbacks, to: UInt64.self), window)
|
||||
} else if self.type.isImporter {
|
||||
if importer {
|
||||
gtui_filedialog_open(ptr, unsafeBitCast(callbacks, to: UInt64.self), window)
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
gtui_filedialog_save(ptr, unsafeBitCast(callbacks, to: UInt64.self), window)
|
||||
@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - visible: Whether the dialog is visible.
|
||||
/// - child: The wrapped view.
|
||||
/// - id: An unique identifier for dialogs on the view.
|
||||
init(
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
visible: Binding<Bool>,
|
||||
child: AnyView,
|
||||
id: String
|
||||
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - title: The page title.
|
||||
/// - icon: The page's icon.
|
||||
init(_ title: String, icon: Icon) {
|
||||
public init(_ title: String, icon: Icon) {
|
||||
self.title = title
|
||||
self.icon = icon
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -62,18 +62,15 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - Parameter data: The widget data.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The preferences page pointer and the groups view storages.
|
||||
func gtkPreferencesPage(data: WidgetData) -> (OpaquePointer?, [ViewStorage]) {
|
||||
let page = Adwaita.PreferencesPage()
|
||||
let page = Core.PreferencesPage()
|
||||
.title(title)
|
||||
.iconName(icon.string)
|
||||
let pageStorage = page.storage(data: data.noModifiers, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
|
||||
page.update(pageStorage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
|
||||
let groups = content.map { item in
|
||||
let storage = item.gtkPreferencesGroup(data: data)
|
||||
item.update(group: storage, data: data, updateProperties: true)
|
||||
adw_preferences_page_add(pageStorage.opaquePointer?.cast(), storage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
.storage(data: data.noModifiers, type: AdwaitaMainView.self)
|
||||
let groups = content.map { $0.gtkPreferencesGroup(data: data) }
|
||||
for group in groups {
|
||||
adw_preferences_page_add(page.opaquePointer?.cast(), group.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (pageStorage.opaquePointer, groups)
|
||||
return (page.opaquePointer, groups)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the page.
|
||||
@ -123,7 +120,7 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// Get the GTk preferences group.
|
||||
/// - Parameter data: The widget data.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The preferences group.
|
||||
func group(data: WidgetData) -> Adwaita.PreferencesGroup {
|
||||
func group(data: WidgetData) -> Core.PreferencesGroup {
|
||||
.init()
|
||||
.title(title)
|
||||
.description(description)
|
||||
@ -156,7 +153,9 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let child = child.storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
return .init(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(child.opaquePointer, content: [.mainContent: [child]])
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
@ -174,13 +173,9 @@ public struct PreferencesDialog: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
if let storage = storage.content[.mainContent]?.first {
|
||||
child.updateStorage(storage, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
defer {
|
||||
if visible {
|
||||
for (index, page) in pages.enumerated() {
|
||||
if let preferences = storage.content["preferences-\(index)"] {
|
||||
page.update(groups: preferences, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (index, page) in pages.enumerated() {
|
||||
if let preferences = storage.content["preferences-\(index)"] {
|
||||
page.update(groups: preferences, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
guard updateProperties else {
|
||||
@ -17,40 +17,27 @@ extension DropDown {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a combo row.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - title: The row's title.
|
||||
/// - selection: The selected value.
|
||||
/// - values: The available values.
|
||||
public init<Element>(
|
||||
selection: Binding<Element.ID>,
|
||||
values: [Element]
|
||||
) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
|
||||
self.init(selection: selection, values: values, id: \.id, description: \.description)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a combo row.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - title: The row's title.
|
||||
/// - selection: The selected value.
|
||||
/// - values: The available values.
|
||||
public init<Element, Identifier>(
|
||||
selection: Binding<Identifier>,
|
||||
values: [Element],
|
||||
id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
|
||||
description: KeyPath<Element, String>
|
||||
) where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
self.init()
|
||||
self = self.selected(.init {
|
||||
.init(values.firstIndex { $0[keyPath: id] == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
|
||||
.init(values.firstIndex { $0.id == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
|
||||
} set: { index in
|
||||
if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?[keyPath: id] {
|
||||
if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?.id {
|
||||
selection.wrappedValue = id
|
||||
}
|
||||
})
|
||||
appearFunctions.append { storage, _ in
|
||||
storage.fields[Self.stringList] = gtk_drop_down_get_model(storage.opaquePointer)
|
||||
Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
|
||||
Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
|
||||
}
|
||||
updateFunctions.append { storage, _, _ in
|
||||
Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
|
||||
Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -58,23 +45,20 @@ extension DropDown {
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The view storage.
|
||||
/// - values: The elements.
|
||||
/// - id: The keypath to the id.
|
||||
/// - description: The keypath to the description.
|
||||
static func updateContent<Element, Identifier>(
|
||||
/// - element: The type of the elements.
|
||||
static func updateContent<Element>(
|
||||
storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
values: [Element],
|
||||
id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
|
||||
description: KeyPath<Element, String>
|
||||
) where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
element: Element.Type
|
||||
) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
|
||||
if let list = storage.fields[Self.stringList] as? OpaquePointer {
|
||||
let old = storage.fields[Self.values] as? [Element] ?? []
|
||||
old.transform(
|
||||
old.identifiableTransform(
|
||||
to: values,
|
||||
id: id,
|
||||
functions: .init { index in
|
||||
gtk_string_list_remove(list, .init(index))
|
||||
} insert: { _, element in
|
||||
gtk_string_list_append(list, element[keyPath: description])
|
||||
gtk_string_list_append(list, element.description)
|
||||
}
|
||||
)
|
||||
storage.fields[Self.values] = values
|
||||
@ -17,21 +17,19 @@ extension FlowBox {
|
||||
/// Initialize `FlowBox`.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - elements: The elements.
|
||||
/// - id: The element identifier keypath.
|
||||
/// - selection: The identifier of the selected element. Selection disabled if `nil`.
|
||||
/// - content: The view for an element.
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
_ elements: [Element],
|
||||
id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
|
||||
selection: Binding<Identifier>? = nil,
|
||||
selection: Binding<Element.ID>?,
|
||||
@ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body
|
||||
) {
|
||||
self.init(elements, id: id, content: content)
|
||||
let getID: (ViewStorage, [Element]) -> Identifier? = { storage, elements in
|
||||
self.init(elements, content: content)
|
||||
let id: (ViewStorage, [Element]) -> Element.ID? = { storage, elements in
|
||||
if let child = g_list_nth_data(gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children(storage.opaquePointer), 0) {
|
||||
let element = gtk_flow_box_child_get_child(child.cast())
|
||||
return elements[safe: storage.content[.mainContent]?
|
||||
.firstIndex { $0.opaquePointer?.cast() == element }]?[keyPath: id]
|
||||
.firstIndex { $0.opaquePointer?.cast() == element }]?.id
|
||||
}
|
||||
return nil
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -39,12 +37,12 @@ extension FlowBox {
|
||||
updateFunctions.append { storage, _, _ in
|
||||
storage.connectSignal(name: "selected_children_changed", id: Self.selectionField) {
|
||||
if let elements = storage.fields[Self.elementsField] as? [Element],
|
||||
let id = getID(storage, elements) {
|
||||
let id = id(storage, elements) {
|
||||
selection.wrappedValue = id
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if selection.wrappedValue != getID(storage, elements),
|
||||
let index = elements.firstIndex(where: { $0[keyPath: id] == selection.wrappedValue })?.cInt {
|
||||
if selection.wrappedValue != id(storage, elements),
|
||||
let index = elements.firstIndex(where: { $0.id == selection.wrappedValue })?.cInt {
|
||||
gtk_flow_box_select_child(
|
||||
storage.opaquePointer,
|
||||
gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index(storage.opaquePointer, index)
|
||||
@ -59,20 +57,3 @@ extension FlowBox {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
extension FlowBox where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `FlowBox`.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - elements: The elements.
|
||||
/// - selection: The identifier of the selected element. Selection disabled if `nil`.
|
||||
/// - content: The view for an element.
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
_ elements: [Element],
|
||||
selection: Binding<Element.ID>? = nil,
|
||||
@ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body
|
||||
) {
|
||||
self.init(elements, id: \.id, selection: selection, content: content)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A dynamic list but without a list design in the user interface.
|
||||
public struct ForEach<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
public struct ForEach<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The dynamic widget elements.
|
||||
var elements: [Element]
|
||||
@ -17,22 +17,12 @@ public struct ForEach<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
var content: (Element) -> Body
|
||||
/// Whether the list is horizontal.
|
||||
var horizontal: Bool
|
||||
/// Whether the children should all be the same size.
|
||||
var homogeneous: Bool?
|
||||
/// The path to the identifier.
|
||||
var id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `ForEach`.
|
||||
public init(
|
||||
_ elements: [Element],
|
||||
id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
|
||||
horizontal: Bool = false,
|
||||
@ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body
|
||||
) {
|
||||
public init(_ elements: [Element], horizontal: Bool = false, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
self.elements = elements
|
||||
self.content = content
|
||||
self.horizontal = horizontal
|
||||
self.id = id
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -44,9 +34,11 @@ public struct ForEach<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
data: WidgetData,
|
||||
type: Data.Type
|
||||
) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
.init(
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(
|
||||
gtk_box_new(horizontal ? GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 0)?.opaque()
|
||||
)
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
@ -64,12 +56,12 @@ public struct ForEach<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
|
||||
let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
|
||||
let widget: UnsafeMutablePointer<GtkBox>? = storage.opaquePointer?.cast()
|
||||
old.transform(
|
||||
old.identifiableTransform(
|
||||
to: elements,
|
||||
id: id,
|
||||
functions: .init { index in
|
||||
let child = contentStorage[safe: index]?.opaquePointer
|
||||
gtk_box_remove(widget, child?.cast())
|
||||
g_object_unref(child?.cast())
|
||||
contentStorage.remove(at: index)
|
||||
} insert: { index, element in
|
||||
let child = content(element).storage(data: data, type: type)
|
||||
@ -82,16 +74,10 @@ public struct ForEach<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
}
|
||||
)
|
||||
if updateProperties {
|
||||
if (storage.previousState as? Self)?.horizontal != horizontal {
|
||||
gtk_orientable_set_orientation(
|
||||
widget?.opaque(),
|
||||
horizontal ? GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let homogeneous, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.homogeneous != homogeneous {
|
||||
gtk_box_set_homogeneous(widget?.cast(), homogeneous.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.previousState = self
|
||||
gtk_orientable_set_orientation(
|
||||
widget?.opaque(),
|
||||
horizontal ? GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL : GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.fields["element"] = elements
|
||||
storage.content[.mainContent] = contentStorage
|
||||
@ -106,23 +92,4 @@ public struct ForEach<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the children should all be the same size.
|
||||
/// - Parameter homogeneous: Whether the children should all be the same size.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The for each view.
|
||||
public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.homogeneous = homogeneous }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
extension ForEach where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `ForEach`.
|
||||
public init(_ elements: [Element], horizontal: Bool = false, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
self.elements = elements
|
||||
self.content = content
|
||||
self.horizontal = horizontal
|
||||
self.id = \.id
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -14,11 +14,4 @@ extension ActionRow {
|
||||
self = self.title(title)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Deemphasize the row title and emphasize the subtitle.
|
||||
/// - Parameter active: Whether the style is currently applied.
|
||||
/// - Returns: A view.
|
||||
public func property(_ active: Bool = true) -> AnyView {
|
||||
style("property", active: active)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -26,26 +26,11 @@ extension ComboRow {
|
||||
selection: Binding<Element.ID>,
|
||||
values: [Element]
|
||||
) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
|
||||
self.init(title, selection: selection, values: values, id: \.id, description: \.description)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a combo row.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - title: The row's title.
|
||||
/// - selection: The selected value.
|
||||
/// - values: The available values.
|
||||
public init<Element, Identifier>(
|
||||
_ title: String,
|
||||
selection: Binding<Identifier>,
|
||||
values: [Element],
|
||||
id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>,
|
||||
description: KeyPath<Element, String>
|
||||
) where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
self = self.title(title)
|
||||
self = self.selected(.init {
|
||||
.init(values.firstIndex { $0[keyPath: id] == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
|
||||
.init(values.firstIndex { $0.id == selection.wrappedValue } ?? 0)
|
||||
} set: { index in
|
||||
if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?[keyPath: id] {
|
||||
if let id = values[safe: .init(index)]?.id {
|
||||
selection.wrappedValue = id
|
||||
}
|
||||
})
|
||||
@ -54,10 +39,34 @@ extension ComboRow {
|
||||
storage.fields[Self.stringList] = list
|
||||
adw_combo_row_set_model(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), list)
|
||||
g_object_unref(list?.cast())
|
||||
DropDown.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
|
||||
Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
|
||||
}
|
||||
updateFunctions.append { storage, _, _ in
|
||||
DropDown.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, id: id, description: description)
|
||||
Self.updateContent(storage: storage, values: values, element: Element.self)
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the combo row's content.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The view storage.
|
||||
/// - values: The elements.
|
||||
/// - element: The type of the elements.
|
||||
static func updateContent<Element>(
|
||||
storage: ViewStorage,
|
||||
values: [Element],
|
||||
element: Element.Type
|
||||
) where Element: Identifiable, Element: CustomStringConvertible {
|
||||
if let list = storage.fields[Self.stringList] as? OpaquePointer {
|
||||
let old = storage.fields[Self.values] as? [Element] ?? []
|
||||
old.identifiableTransform(
|
||||
to: values,
|
||||
functions: .init { index in
|
||||
gtk_string_list_remove(list, .init(index))
|
||||
} insert: { _, element in
|
||||
gtk_string_list_append(list, element.description)
|
||||
}
|
||||
)
|
||||
storage.fields[Self.values] = values
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -15,8 +15,11 @@ public struct Form: SimpleView {
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view's body.
|
||||
public var view: Body {
|
||||
List([Int](content.indices), selection: nil) { index in content[index] }
|
||||
.style("boxed-list")
|
||||
ModifierWrapper(
|
||||
content: List([Int](content.indices), selection: nil) { index in content[index] },
|
||||
style: "boxed-list",
|
||||
styleActive: true
|
||||
)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize a `Form`.
|
||||
@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
|
||||
// ActionRow.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` used to present actions.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to present actions.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="action-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="action-row.png" alt="action-row"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwActionRow` widget can have a title, a subtitle and an icon. The row
|
||||
/// can receive additional widgets at its end, or prefix widgets at its start.
|
||||
@ -21,35 +21,56 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// will automatically make it activatable, but unsetting it won't change the
|
||||
/// row's activatability.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## AdwActionRow as GtkBuildable
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwActionRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
|
||||
/// supports adding a child at its end by specifying “suffix” or omitting the
|
||||
/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It also supports adding a child as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as
|
||||
/// the “type” attribute of a <child> element.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwActionRow` has a main CSS node with name `row`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It contains the subnode `box.header` for its main horizontal box, and
|
||||
/// `box.title` for the vertical box containing the title and subtitle labels.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It contains subnodes `label.title` and `label.subtitle` representing
|
||||
/// respectively the title label and subtitle label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Style classes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwActionRow` can use the [`.property`](style-classes.html#property-rows)
|
||||
/// style class to emphasize the row subtitle instead of the row title, which is
|
||||
/// useful for displaying read-only properties.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="property-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="property-row.png" alt="property-row"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When used together with the `.monospace` style class, only the subtitle
|
||||
/// becomes monospace, not the title or any extra widgets.
|
||||
public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
|
||||
/// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
|
||||
/// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
|
||||
/// mnemonics.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
|
||||
var activatableWidget: Body?
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
|
||||
var activatableWidget: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// The subtitle for this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var subtitle: String?
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
|
||||
/// ellipsized.
|
||||
@ -58,12 +79,12 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var subtitleLines: Int?
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var title: String?
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -71,13 +92,13 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var titleLines: Int?
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
var titleSelectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
var useMarkup: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
var useUnderline: Bool?
|
||||
@ -102,7 +123,8 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
|
||||
adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -137,7 +159,7 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
activatableWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
activatableWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let subtitleLines, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.subtitleLines != subtitleLines {
|
||||
adw_action_row_set_subtitle_lines(widget?.cast(), subtitleLines.cInt)
|
||||
@ -202,22 +224,26 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
|
||||
/// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
|
||||
/// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
|
||||
/// mnemonics.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
|
||||
public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.activatableWidget = activatableWidget() }
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
|
||||
public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The subtitle for this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitle = subtitle }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
|
||||
@ -225,50 +251,64 @@ public struct ActionRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
|
||||
public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitleLines = subtitleLines }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.title = title }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.title = title
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
|
||||
public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleLines = titleLines }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// AspectFrame.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -13,33 +13,34 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// The frame can respect the aspect ratio of the child widget,
|
||||
/// or use its own aspect ratio.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkAspectFrame` uses a CSS node with name `aspectframe`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkAspectFrame` used the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.group] role.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkAspectFrame` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.generic] role.
|
||||
public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
var accessibleRole: String?
|
||||
/// The child widget.
|
||||
var child: Body?
|
||||
var child: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// Whether the `GtkAspectFrame` should use the aspect ratio of its child.
|
||||
var obeyChild: Bool?
|
||||
/// The aspect ratio to be used by the `GtkAspectFrame`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This property is only used if
|
||||
/// ``obeyChild(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.AspectFrame:obey-child] is set to %FALSE.
|
||||
var ratio: Float
|
||||
/// The horizontal alignment of the child.
|
||||
var xalign: Float?
|
||||
@ -61,7 +62,8 @@ public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
|
||||
gtk_aspect_frame_set_child(storage.opaquePointer, childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -79,7 +81,7 @@ public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
|
||||
child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let obeyChild, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.obeyChild != obeyChild {
|
||||
gtk_aspect_frame_set_obey_child(widget, obeyChild.cBool)
|
||||
@ -109,35 +111,47 @@ public struct AspectFrame: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The child widget.
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.child = child() }
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.child = child
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the `GtkAspectFrame` should use the aspect ratio of its child.
|
||||
public func obeyChild(_ obeyChild: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.obeyChild = obeyChild }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.obeyChild = obeyChild
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The aspect ratio to be used by the `GtkAspectFrame`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This property is only used if
|
||||
/// ``obeyChild(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.AspectFrame:obey-child] is set to %FALSE.
|
||||
public func ratio(_ ratio: Float) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.ratio = ratio }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.ratio = ratio
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The horizontal alignment of the child.
|
||||
public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.xalign = xalign }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.xalign = xalign
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertical alignment of the child.
|
||||
public func yalign(_ yalign: Float?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.yalign = yalign }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.yalign = yalign
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Avatar.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,35 +10,34 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A widget displaying an image, with a generated fallback.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="avatar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="avatar.png" alt="avatar"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwAvatar` is a widget that shows a round avatar.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwAvatar` generates an avatar with the initials of the
|
||||
/// ``text(_:)`` on top of a colored background.
|
||||
/// [property@Avatar:text] on top of a colored background.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The color is picked based on the hash of the ``text(_:)``.
|
||||
/// The color is picked based on the hash of the [property@Avatar:text].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If ``showInitials(_:)`` is set to `false`,
|
||||
/// ``iconName(_:)`` or `avatar-default-symbolic` is shown instead of
|
||||
/// If [property@Avatar:show-initials] is set to `FALSE`,
|
||||
/// [property@Avatar:icon-name] or `avatar-default-symbolic` is shown instead of
|
||||
/// the initials.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use ``customImage(_:)`` to set a custom image.
|
||||
/// Use [property@Avatar:custom-image] to set a custom image.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwAvatar` has a single CSS node with name `avatar`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwAvatar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_IMG` role.
|
||||
public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The name of an icon to use as a fallback.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -46,14 +45,14 @@ public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var iconName: String?
|
||||
/// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``iconName(_:)`` for how to change the fallback icon.
|
||||
/// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
|
||||
var showInitials: Bool
|
||||
/// The size of the avatar.
|
||||
var size: Int
|
||||
/// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It's only used to generate the color if ``showInitials(_:)`` is
|
||||
/// `false`.
|
||||
/// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
|
||||
/// `FALSE`.
|
||||
var text: String?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Avatar`.
|
||||
@ -72,6 +71,7 @@ public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -113,27 +113,35 @@ public struct Avatar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If no name is set, `avatar-default-symbolic` will be used.
|
||||
public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.iconName = iconName
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether initials are used instead of an icon on the fallback avatar.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``iconName(_:)`` for how to change the fallback icon.
|
||||
/// See [property@Avatar:icon-name] for how to change the fallback icon.
|
||||
public func showInitials(_ showInitials: Bool) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showInitials = showInitials }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showInitials = showInitials
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The size of the avatar.
|
||||
public func size(_ size: Int) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.size = size }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.size = size
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets the text used to generate the fallback initials and color.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It's only used to generate the color if ``showInitials(_:)`` is
|
||||
/// `false`.
|
||||
/// It's only used to generate the color if [property@Avatar:show-initials] is
|
||||
/// `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func text(_ text: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.text = text }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.text = text
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Banner.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,54 +10,49 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A bar with contextual information.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="banner-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="banner.png" alt="banner"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Banners are hidden by default, use [property@Banner:revealed] to show them.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Banners are hidden by default, use ``revealed(_:)`` to show them.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Banners have a title, set with ``title(_:)``. Titles can be marked
|
||||
/// up with Pango markup, use ``useMarkup(_:)`` to enable it.
|
||||
/// Banners have a title, set with [property@Banner:title]. Titles can be marked
|
||||
/// up with Pango markup, use [property@Banner:use-markup] to enable it.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title will be shown centered or left-aligned depending on available
|
||||
/// space.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Banners can optionally have a button with text on it, set through
|
||||
/// ``buttonLabel(_:)``. The button can be used with a `GAction`,
|
||||
/// or with the `Banner::button-clicked` signal. The button can have
|
||||
/// [property@Banner:button-label]. The button can be used with a `GAction`,
|
||||
/// or with the [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal. The button can have
|
||||
/// different styles, a gray style and a suggested style.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="banner-suggested-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="banner-suggested.png" alt="banner with suggested button style"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwBanner` has a main CSS node with the name `banner`.
|
||||
public struct Banner: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The label to show on the button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
|
||||
/// `Banner::button-clicked` signal.
|
||||
/// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
|
||||
var buttonLabel: String?
|
||||
/// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
|
||||
var revealed: Bool?
|
||||
/// The title for this banner.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also: ``useMarkup(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
|
||||
var title: String
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
var useMarkup: Bool?
|
||||
/// This signal is emitted after the action button has been clicked.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -79,6 +74,7 @@ public struct Banner: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -126,28 +122,36 @@ public struct Banner: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// If set to `""` or `NULL`, the button won't be shown.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The button can be used with a `GAction`, or with the
|
||||
/// `Banner::button-clicked` signal.
|
||||
/// [signal@Banner::button-clicked] signal.
|
||||
public func buttonLabel(_ buttonLabel: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.buttonLabel = buttonLabel }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.buttonLabel = buttonLabel
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the banner is currently revealed.
|
||||
public func revealed(_ revealed: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.revealed = revealed }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.revealed = revealed
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The title for this banner.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also: ``useMarkup(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also: [property@Banner:use-markup].
|
||||
public func title(_ title: String) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.title = title }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.title = title
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the banner title.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// This signal is emitted after the action button has been clicked.
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Bin.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,29 +10,22 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A widget with one child.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="bin-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="bin.png" alt="bin"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwBin` widget has only one child, set with the ``child(_:)``
|
||||
/// The `AdwBin` widget has only one child, set with the [property@Bin:child]
|
||||
/// property.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It is useful for deriving subclasses, since it provides common code needed
|
||||
/// for handling a single child widget.
|
||||
public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The child widget of the `AdwBin`.
|
||||
var child: Body?
|
||||
var child: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Bin`.
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
@ -48,7 +41,8 @@ public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
|
||||
adw_bin_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -66,7 +60,7 @@ public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
|
||||
child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -81,8 +75,10 @@ public struct Bin: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The child widget of the `AdwBin`.
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.child = child() }
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.child = child
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Box.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,43 +10,44 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Arranges child widgets into a single row or column.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkBox" src="box.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Whether it is a row or column depends on the value of its
|
||||
/// ``orientation(_:)`` property. Within the other
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.Orientable:orientation] property. Within the other
|
||||
/// dimension, all children are allocated the same size. The
|
||||
/// ``halign(_:)`` and ``valign(_:)``
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and [property@Gtk.Widget:valign]
|
||||
/// properties can be used on the children to influence their allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use repeated calls to `Gtk.Box.append` to pack widgets into a
|
||||
/// `GtkBox` from start to end. Use `Gtk.Box.remove` to remove widgets
|
||||
/// from the `GtkBox`. `Gtk.Box.insert_child_after` can be used to add
|
||||
/// Use repeated calls to [method@Gtk.Box.append] to pack widgets into a
|
||||
/// `GtkBox` from start to end. Use [method@Gtk.Box.remove] to remove widgets
|
||||
/// from the `GtkBox`. [method@Gtk.Box.insert_child_after] can be used to add
|
||||
/// a child at a particular position.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use `Gtk.Box.set_homogeneous` to specify whether or not all children
|
||||
/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.set_homogeneous] to specify whether or not all children
|
||||
/// of the `GtkBox` are forced to get the same amount of space.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use `Gtk.Box.set_spacing` to determine how much space will be minimally
|
||||
/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.set_spacing] to determine how much space will be minimally
|
||||
/// placed between all children in the `GtkBox`. Note that spacing is added
|
||||
/// *between* the children.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use `Gtk.Box.reorder_child_after` to move a child to a different
|
||||
/// Use [method@Gtk.Box.reorder_child_after] to move a child to a different
|
||||
/// place in the box.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkBox` uses a single CSS node with name box.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkBox` used the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.group] role.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkBox` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.generic] role.
|
||||
public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var prepend: () -> Body = { [] }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Box`.
|
||||
init(spacing: Int) {
|
||||
public init(spacing: Int) {
|
||||
self.spacing = spacing
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -80,6 +81,7 @@ public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
var appendStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
|
||||
for view in append() {
|
||||
@ -154,24 +156,32 @@ public struct Box: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The position of the child that determines the baseline.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This is only relevant if the box is in vertical orientation.
|
||||
public func baselineChild(_ baselineChild: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.baselineChild = baselineChild }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.baselineChild = baselineChild
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the children should all be the same size.
|
||||
public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.homogeneous = homogeneous }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.homogeneous = homogeneous
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The amount of space between children.
|
||||
public func spacing(_ spacing: Int) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.spacing = spacing }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.spacing = spacing
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the body for "append".
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Button.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,26 +10,45 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Calls a callback function when the button is clicked.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkButton" src="button.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `GtkButton` widget can hold any valid child widget. That is, it can hold
|
||||
/// almost any other standard `GtkWidget`. The most commonly used child is the
|
||||
/// `GtkLabel`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The following signals have default keybindings:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.Button::activate]
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkButton` has a single CSS node with name button. The node will get the
|
||||
/// style classes .image-button or .text-button, if the content is just an
|
||||
/// image or label, respectively. It may also receive the .flat style class.
|
||||
/// When activating a button via the keyboard, the button will temporarily
|
||||
/// gain the .keyboard-activating style class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Other style classes that are commonly used with `GtkButton` include
|
||||
/// .suggested-action and .destructive-action. In special cases, buttons
|
||||
/// can be made round by adding the .circular style class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Button-like widgets like [class@Gtk.ToggleButton], [class@Gtk.MenuButton],
|
||||
/// [class@Gtk.VolumeButton], [class@Gtk.LockButton], [class@Gtk.ColorButton]
|
||||
/// or [class@Gtk.FontButton] use style classes such as .toggle, .popup, .scale,
|
||||
/// .lock, .color on the button node to differentiate themselves from a plain
|
||||
/// `GtkButton`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkButton` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.button] role.
|
||||
public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -46,7 +65,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// property has no effect.
|
||||
var canShrink: Bool?
|
||||
/// The child widget.
|
||||
var child: Body?
|
||||
var child: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// Whether the button has a frame.
|
||||
var hasFrame: Bool?
|
||||
/// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
|
||||
@ -59,7 +78,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// Emitted to animate press then release.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
|
||||
/// to this signal, but use the `Gtk.Button::clicked` signal.
|
||||
/// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
|
||||
/// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
|
||||
@ -68,7 +87,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var clicked: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Button`.
|
||||
init() {
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -81,7 +100,8 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
|
||||
gtk_button_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -115,7 +135,7 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
gtk_button_set_can_shrink(widget?.cast(), canShrink.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
|
||||
child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let hasFrame, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.hasFrame != hasFrame {
|
||||
gtk_button_set_has_frame(widget?.cast(), hasFrame.cBool)
|
||||
@ -145,12 +165,16 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The name of the action with which this widget should be associated.
|
||||
public func actionName(_ actionName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.actionName = actionName }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.actionName = actionName
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the size of the button can be made smaller than the natural
|
||||
@ -161,39 +185,51 @@ public struct Button: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// If the contents of a button are an icon or a custom widget, setting this
|
||||
/// property has no effect.
|
||||
public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The child widget.
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.child = child() }
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.child = child
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the button has a frame.
|
||||
public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.hasFrame = hasFrame }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button.
|
||||
public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.iconName = iconName
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Text of the label inside the button, if the button contains a label widget.
|
||||
public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.label = label }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.label = label
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following character is
|
||||
/// to be used as mnemonic.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted to animate press then release.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This is an action signal. Applications should never connect
|
||||
/// to this signal, but use the `Gtk.Button::clicked` signal.
|
||||
/// to this signal, but use the [signal@Gtk.Button::clicked] signal.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
|
||||
/// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// ButtonContent.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A helper widget for creating buttons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="button-content-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="button-content.png" alt="button-content"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwButtonContent` is a box-like widget with an icon and a label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It's intended to be used as a direct child of `Gtk.Button`,
|
||||
/// `Gtk.MenuButton` or `SplitButton`, when they need to have both an
|
||||
/// It's intended to be used as a direct child of [class@Gtk.Button],
|
||||
/// [class@Gtk.MenuButton] or [class@SplitButton], when they need to have both an
|
||||
/// icon and a label, as follows:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```xml
|
||||
@ -25,26 +25,37 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// `AdwButtonContent` handles style classes and connecting the mnemonic to the
|
||||
/// button automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
/// buttoncontent
|
||||
/// ╰── box
|
||||
/// ├── image
|
||||
/// ╰── label
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwButtonContent`'s CSS node is called `buttoncontent`. It contains a `box`
|
||||
/// subnode that serves as a container for the `image` and `label` nodes.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When inside a `GtkButton` or `AdwSplitButton`, the button will receive the
|
||||
/// `.image-text-button` style class. When inside a `GtkMenuButton`, the
|
||||
/// internal `GtkButton` will receive it instead.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwButtonContent` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
|
||||
public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, the label will ellipsize.
|
||||
/// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``canShrink(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
|
||||
var canShrink: Bool?
|
||||
/// The name of the displayed icon.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -56,7 +67,7 @@ public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``label(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
|
||||
var useUnderline: Bool?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `ButtonContent`.
|
||||
@ -73,6 +84,7 @@ public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -112,32 +124,40 @@ public struct ButtonContent: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the button can be smaller than the natural size of its contents.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, the label will ellipsize.
|
||||
/// If set to `TRUE`, the label will ellipsize.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``canShrink(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See [property@Gtk.Button:can-shrink].
|
||||
public func canShrink(_ canShrink: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.canShrink = canShrink }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.canShrink = canShrink
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The name of the displayed icon.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If empty, the icon is not shown.
|
||||
public func iconName(_ iconName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.iconName = iconName }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.iconName = iconName
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The displayed label.
|
||||
public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.label = label }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.label = label
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether an underline in the text indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The mnemonic can be used to activate the parent button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``label(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See [property@ButtonContent:label].
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Carousel.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,40 +10,35 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A paginated scrolling widget.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="carousel-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="carousel.png" alt="carousel"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwCarousel` widget can be used to display a set of pages with
|
||||
/// swipe-based navigation between them.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `CarouselIndicatorDots` and `CarouselIndicatorLines` can be used
|
||||
/// [class@CarouselIndicatorDots] and [class@CarouselIndicatorLines] can be used
|
||||
/// to provide page indicators for `AdwCarousel`.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
/// `AdwCarousel` has a single CSS node with name `carousel`.
|
||||
public struct Carousel<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is `false`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
|
||||
/// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
|
||||
var allowLongSwipes: Bool?
|
||||
/// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is `false`, dragging is only available on touch.
|
||||
/// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
|
||||
var allowMouseDrag: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is `false`, wheel events will be ignored.
|
||||
/// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
|
||||
var allowScrollWheel: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -63,21 +58,18 @@ public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equ
|
||||
/// It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
|
||||
/// after every scroll.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// > [!NOTE]
|
||||
/// > An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
|
||||
/// ::: note
|
||||
/// An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
|
||||
var pageChanged: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
/// The dynamic widget elements.
|
||||
var elements: [Element]
|
||||
/// The dynamic widget content.
|
||||
var content: (Element) -> Body
|
||||
/// The dynamic widget identifier key path.
|
||||
var id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Carousel`.
|
||||
public init(_ elements: [Element], id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
self.elements = elements
|
||||
self.content = content
|
||||
self.id = id
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -90,6 +82,7 @@ public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equ
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -129,9 +122,8 @@ public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equ
|
||||
|
||||
var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
|
||||
let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
|
||||
old.transform(
|
||||
old.identifiableTransform(
|
||||
to: elements,
|
||||
id: id,
|
||||
functions: .init { index in
|
||||
adw_carousel_remove(widget, adw_carousel_get_nth_page(widget, UInt(index).cInt))
|
||||
contentStorage.remove(at: index)
|
||||
@ -158,23 +150,29 @@ public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equ
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to allow swiping for more than one page at a time.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is `false`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
|
||||
/// If the value is `FALSE`, each swipe can only move to the adjacent pages.
|
||||
public func allowLongSwipes(_ allowLongSwipes: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.allowLongSwipes = allowLongSwipes }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.allowLongSwipes = allowLongSwipes
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Sets whether the `AdwCarousel` can be dragged with mouse pointer.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is `false`, dragging is only available on touch.
|
||||
/// If the value is `FALSE`, dragging is only available on touch.
|
||||
public func allowMouseDrag(_ allowMouseDrag: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.allowMouseDrag = allowMouseDrag }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.allowMouseDrag = allowMouseDrag
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the widget will respond to scroll wheel events.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is `false`, wheel events will be ignored.
|
||||
/// If the value is `FALSE`, wheel events will be ignored.
|
||||
public func allowScrollWheel(_ allowScrollWheel: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.allowScrollWheel = allowScrollWheel }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.allowScrollWheel = allowScrollWheel
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the carousel can be navigated.
|
||||
@ -182,24 +180,32 @@ public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equ
|
||||
/// This can be used to temporarily disable the carousel to only allow
|
||||
/// navigating it in a certain state.
|
||||
public func interactive(_ interactive: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.interactive = interactive }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.interactive = interactive
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of pages in a `AdwCarousel`.
|
||||
public func nPages(_ nPages: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.nPages = nPages }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.nPages = nPages
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Page reveal duration, in milliseconds.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Reveal duration is used when animating adding or removing pages.
|
||||
public func revealDuration(_ revealDuration: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.revealDuration = revealDuration }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.revealDuration = revealDuration
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Spacing between pages in pixels.
|
||||
public func spacing(_ spacing: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.spacing = spacing }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.spacing = spacing
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// This signal is emitted after a page has been changed.
|
||||
@ -207,8 +213,8 @@ public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equ
|
||||
/// It can be used to implement "infinite scrolling" by amending the pages
|
||||
/// after every scroll.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// > [!NOTE]
|
||||
/// > An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
|
||||
/// ::: note
|
||||
/// An empty carousel is indicated by `(int)index == -1`.
|
||||
public func pageChanged(_ pageChanged: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.pageChanged = pageChanged
|
||||
@ -216,14 +222,3 @@ public struct Carousel<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equ
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
extension Carousel where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Carousel`.
|
||||
public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
self.elements = elements
|
||||
self.content = content
|
||||
self.id = \.id
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// CenterBox.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -11,42 +11,57 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// Arranges three children in a row, keeping the middle child
|
||||
/// centered as well as possible.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="centerbox-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkCenterBox" src="centerbox.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To add children to `GtkCenterBox`, use `Gtk.CenterBox.set_start_widget`,
|
||||
/// `Gtk.CenterBox.set_center_widget` and
|
||||
/// `Gtk.CenterBox.set_end_widget`.
|
||||
/// To add children to `GtkCenterBox`, use [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_start_widget],
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_center_widget] and
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.CenterBox.set_end_widget].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The sizing and positioning of children can be influenced with the
|
||||
/// align and expand properties of the children.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # GtkCenterBox as GtkBuildable
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `GtkCenterBox` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface
|
||||
/// supports placing children in the 3 positions by specifying “start”, “center”
|
||||
/// or “end” as the “type” attribute of a `<child>` element.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkCenterBox` uses a single CSS node with the name “box”,
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The first child of the `GtkCenterBox` will be allocated depending on the
|
||||
/// text direction, i.e. in left-to-right layouts it will be allocated on the
|
||||
/// left and in right-to-left layouts on the right.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In vertical orientation, the nodes of the children are arranged from top to
|
||||
/// bottom.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Until GTK 4.10, `GtkCenterBox` used the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.group] role.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Starting from GTK 4.12, `GtkCenterBox` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.generic]
|
||||
/// role.
|
||||
public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
var accessibleRole: String?
|
||||
/// The widget that is placed at the center position.
|
||||
var centerWidget: Body?
|
||||
var centerWidget: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// The widget that is placed at the end position.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In vertical orientation, the end position is at the bottom.
|
||||
/// In horizontal orientation, the end position is at the trailing
|
||||
/// edge with respect to the text direction.
|
||||
var endWidget: Body?
|
||||
var endWidget: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// Whether to shrink the center widget after other children.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// By default, when there's no space to give all three children their
|
||||
@ -61,7 +76,7 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// In vertical orientation, the start position is at the top.
|
||||
/// In horizontal orientation, the start position is at the leading
|
||||
/// edge with respect to the text direction.
|
||||
var startWidget: Body?
|
||||
var startWidget: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `CenterBox`.
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
@ -77,15 +92,16 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let centerWidgetStorage = centerWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let centerWidgetStorage = centerWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["centerWidget"] = [centerWidgetStorage]
|
||||
gtk_center_box_set_center_widget(storage.opaquePointer, centerWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let endWidgetStorage = endWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
if let endWidgetStorage = endWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["endWidget"] = [endWidgetStorage]
|
||||
gtk_center_box_set_end_widget(storage.opaquePointer, endWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let startWidgetStorage = startWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
if let startWidgetStorage = startWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["startWidget"] = [startWidgetStorage]
|
||||
gtk_center_box_set_start_widget(storage.opaquePointer, startWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -103,16 +119,16 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["centerWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
centerWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
centerWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["endWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
endWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
endWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let shrinkCenterLast, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.shrinkCenterLast != shrinkCenterLast {
|
||||
gtk_center_box_set_shrink_center_last(widget, shrinkCenterLast.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["startWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
startWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
startWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -130,12 +146,16 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The widget that is placed at the center position.
|
||||
public func centerWidget(@ViewBuilder _ centerWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.centerWidget = centerWidget() }
|
||||
public func centerWidget(@ViewBuilder _ centerWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.centerWidget = centerWidget
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The widget that is placed at the end position.
|
||||
@ -143,8 +163,10 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// In vertical orientation, the end position is at the bottom.
|
||||
/// In horizontal orientation, the end position is at the trailing
|
||||
/// edge with respect to the text direction.
|
||||
public func endWidget(@ViewBuilder _ endWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.endWidget = endWidget() }
|
||||
public func endWidget(@ViewBuilder _ endWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.endWidget = endWidget
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to shrink the center widget after other children.
|
||||
@ -156,7 +178,9 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// If false, start and end widgets keep natural width and the
|
||||
/// center widget starts shrinking instead.
|
||||
public func shrinkCenterLast(_ shrinkCenterLast: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.shrinkCenterLast = shrinkCenterLast }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.shrinkCenterLast = shrinkCenterLast
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The widget that is placed at the start position.
|
||||
@ -164,8 +188,10 @@ public struct CenterBox: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// In vertical orientation, the start position is at the top.
|
||||
/// In horizontal orientation, the start position is at the leading
|
||||
/// edge with respect to the text direction.
|
||||
public func startWidget(@ViewBuilder _ startWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.startWidget = startWidget() }
|
||||
public func startWidget(@ViewBuilder _ startWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.startWidget = startWidget
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// CheckButton.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,29 +10,73 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Places a label next to an indicator.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="check-button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="Example GtkCheckButtons" src="check-button.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A `GtkCheckButton` is created by calling either `Gtk.CheckButton.new`
|
||||
/// or `Gtk.CheckButton.new_with_label`.
|
||||
/// A `GtkCheckButton` is created by calling either [ctor@Gtk.CheckButton.new]
|
||||
/// or [ctor@Gtk.CheckButton.new_with_label].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The state of a `GtkCheckButton` can be set specifically using
|
||||
/// `Gtk.CheckButton.set_active`, and retrieved using
|
||||
/// `Gtk.CheckButton.get_active`.
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_active], and retrieved using
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.get_active].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Inconsistent state
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In addition to "on" and "off", check buttons can be an
|
||||
/// "in between" state that is neither on nor off. This can be used
|
||||
/// e.g. when the user has selected a range of elements (such as some
|
||||
/// text or spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a check button,
|
||||
/// and the current values in that range are inconsistent.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To set a `GtkCheckButton` to inconsistent state, use
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_inconsistent].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Grouping
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Check buttons can be grouped together, to form mutually exclusive
|
||||
/// groups - only one of the buttons can be toggled at a time, and toggling
|
||||
/// another one will switch the currently toggled one off.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Grouped check buttons use a different indicator, and are commonly referred
|
||||
/// to as *radio buttons*.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="radio-button-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="Example GtkRadioButtons" src="radio-button.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To add a `GtkCheckButton` to a group, use [method@Gtk.CheckButton.set_group].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When the code must keep track of the state of a group of radio buttons, it
|
||||
/// is recommended to keep track of such state through a stateful
|
||||
/// `GAction` with a target for each button. Using the `toggled` signals to keep
|
||||
/// track of the group changes and state is discouraged.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkCheckButton` supports the following keyboard shortcuts:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - <kbd>␣</kbd> or <kbd>Enter</kbd> activates the button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
/// checkbutton[.text-button][.grouped]
|
||||
/// ├── check
|
||||
/// ╰── [label]
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A `GtkCheckButton` has a main node with name checkbutton. If the
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.CheckButton:label] or [property@Gtk.CheckButton:child]
|
||||
/// properties are set, it contains a child widget. The indicator node
|
||||
/// is named check when no group is set, and radio if the checkbutton
|
||||
/// is grouped together with other checkbuttons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkCheckButton` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.checkbox] role.
|
||||
public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -42,11 +86,11 @@ public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var actionName: String?
|
||||
/// If the check button is active.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Setting `active` to `true` will add the `:checked:` state to both
|
||||
/// Setting `active` to %TRUE will add the `:checked:` state to both
|
||||
/// the check button and the indicator CSS node.
|
||||
var active: Binding<Bool>?
|
||||
/// The child widget.
|
||||
var child: Body?
|
||||
var child: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// If the check button is in an “in between” state.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The inconsistent state only affects visual appearance,
|
||||
@ -63,12 +107,12 @@ public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// emitting it causes the button to animate press then release.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.CheckButton::toggled` signal.
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.CheckButton::toggled] signal.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
|
||||
/// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
|
||||
var activate: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
/// Emitted when the buttons's ``active(_:)``
|
||||
/// Emitted when the buttons's [property@Gtk.CheckButton:active]
|
||||
/// property changes.
|
||||
var toggled: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
|
||||
@ -86,7 +130,8 @@ public struct CheckButton: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
|
||||
gtk_check_button_set_child(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -126,7 +171,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
|
||||
gtk_check_button_set_active(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), active.wrappedValue.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
|
||||
child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let inconsistent, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.inconsistent != inconsistent {
|
||||
gtk_check_button_set_inconsistent(widget?.cast(), inconsistent.cBool)
|
||||
@ -153,25 +198,33 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The name of the action with which this widget should be associated.
|
||||
public func actionName(_ actionName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.actionName = actionName }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.actionName = actionName
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// If the check button is active.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Setting `active` to `true` will add the `:checked:` state to both
|
||||
/// Setting `active` to %TRUE will add the `:checked:` state to both
|
||||
/// the check button and the indicator CSS node.
|
||||
public func active(_ active: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.active = active }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.active = active
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The child widget.
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.child = child() }
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.child = child
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// If the check button is in an “in between” state.
|
||||
@ -179,18 +232,24 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
|
||||
/// The inconsistent state only affects visual appearance,
|
||||
/// not the semantics of the button.
|
||||
public func inconsistent(_ inconsistent: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.inconsistent = inconsistent }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.inconsistent = inconsistent
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Text of the label inside the check button, if it contains a label widget.
|
||||
public func label(_ label: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.label = label }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.label = label
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// If set, an underline in the text indicates that the following
|
||||
/// character is to be used as mnemonic.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted to when the check button is activated.
|
||||
@ -199,7 +258,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
|
||||
/// emitting it causes the button to animate press then release.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.CheckButton::toggled` signal.
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.CheckButton::toggled] signal.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the
|
||||
/// <kbd>␣</kbd> and <kbd>Enter</kbd> keys.
|
||||
@ -209,7 +268,7 @@ if let active, newValue != active.wrappedValue {
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted when the buttons's ``active(_:)``
|
||||
/// Emitted when the buttons's [property@Gtk.CheckButton:active]
|
||||
/// property changes.
|
||||
public func toggled(_ toggled: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Clamp.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A widget constraining its child to a given size.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="clamp-wide-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="clamp-wide.png" alt="clamp-wide"></picture><picture><source srcset="clamp-narrow-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="clamp-narrow.png" alt="clamp-narrow"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwClamp` widget constrains the size of the widget it contains to a
|
||||
/// given maximum size. It will constrain the width if it is horizontal, or the
|
||||
@ -21,27 +21,22 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// allocated the minimum size it can fit in instead.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwClamp` can scale with the text scale factor, use the
|
||||
/// ``unit(_:)`` property to enable that behavior.
|
||||
/// [property@Clamp:unit] property to enable that behavior.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also: `ClampLayout`, `ClampScrollable`.
|
||||
/// See also: [class@ClampLayout], [class@ClampScrollable].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwClamp` has a single CSS node with name `clamp`.
|
||||
public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The child widget of the `AdwClamp`.
|
||||
var child: Body?
|
||||
var child: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// The maximum size allocated to the child.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
|
||||
@ -76,7 +71,8 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let childStorage = child?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["child"] = [childStorage]
|
||||
adw_clamp_set_child(storage.opaquePointer, childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -94,7 +90,7 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["child"]?.first {
|
||||
child?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
child?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let maximumSize, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.maximumSize != maximumSize {
|
||||
adw_clamp_set_maximum_size(widget, maximumSize.cInt)
|
||||
@ -115,15 +111,19 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The child widget of the `AdwClamp`.
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.child = child() }
|
||||
public func child(@ViewBuilder _ child: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.child = child
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum size allocated to the child.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It is the width if the clamp is horizontal, or the height if it is vertical.
|
||||
public func maximumSize(_ maximumSize: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.maximumSize = maximumSize }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maximumSize = maximumSize
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The size above which the child is clamped.
|
||||
@ -141,7 +141,9 @@ public struct Clamp: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// Effectively, tightening the grip on the child before it reaches its maximum
|
||||
/// size makes transitions to and from the maximum size smoother when resizing.
|
||||
public func tighteningThreshold(_ tighteningThreshold: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.tighteningThreshold = tighteningThreshold }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.tighteningThreshold = tighteningThreshold
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
|
||||
// ComboRow.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` used to choose from a list of items.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to choose from a list of items.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="combo-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="combo-row.png" alt="combo-row"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwComboRow` widget allows the user to choose from a list of valid
|
||||
/// choices. The row displays the selected choice. When activated, the row
|
||||
@ -21,55 +21,59 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// <object class="AdwComboRow"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Combo Row</property><property name="model"><object class="GtkStringList"><items><item translatable="yes">Foo</item><item translatable="yes">Bar</item><item translatable="yes">Baz</item></items></object></property></object>
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The ``selected(_:)`` and ``selectedItem(_:)``
|
||||
/// The [property@ComboRow:selected] and [property@ComboRow:selected-item]
|
||||
/// properties can be used to keep track of the selected item and react to their
|
||||
/// changes.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwComboRow` mirrors `Gtk.DropDown`, see that widget for details.
|
||||
/// `AdwComboRow` mirrors [class@Gtk.DropDown], see that widget for details.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwComboRow` is ``activatable(_:)`` if a model is set.
|
||||
/// `AdwComboRow` is [property@Gtk.ListBoxRow:activatable] if a model is set.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwComboRow` has a main CSS node with name `row` and the `.combo` style
|
||||
/// class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Its popover has the node named `popover` with the `.menu` style class, it
|
||||
/// contains a [class@Gtk.ScrolledWindow], which in turn contains a
|
||||
/// [class@Gtk.ListView], both are accessible via their regular nodes.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwComboRow` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_COMBO_BOX` role.
|
||||
public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
|
||||
/// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
|
||||
/// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
|
||||
/// mnemonics.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
|
||||
var activatableWidget: Body?
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
|
||||
var activatableWidget: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
|
||||
/// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
|
||||
/// allows to search for items in the list.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Search requires ``expression(_:)`` to be set.
|
||||
/// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
|
||||
var enableSearch: Bool?
|
||||
/// The position of the selected item.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If no item is selected, the property has the value
|
||||
/// `Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION`
|
||||
/// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
|
||||
var selected: Binding<UInt>?
|
||||
/// The subtitle for this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var subtitle: String?
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
|
||||
/// ellipsized.
|
||||
@ -78,12 +82,12 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var subtitleLines: Int?
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
var subtitleSelectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var title: String?
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -91,23 +95,23 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var titleLines: Int?
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
var titleSelectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
var useMarkup: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
|
||||
/// name conversion expression with ``expression(_:)``.
|
||||
/// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, you should not access ``subtitle(_:)``.
|
||||
/// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `true`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
|
||||
var useSubtitle: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
var useUnderline: Bool?
|
||||
@ -119,7 +123,7 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `ComboRow`.
|
||||
init() {
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -132,7 +136,8 @@ public struct ComboRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let activatableWidgetStorage = activatableWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["activatableWidget"] = [activatableWidgetStorage]
|
||||
adw_action_row_set_activatable_widget(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), activatableWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -173,7 +178,7 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["activatableWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
activatableWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
activatableWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let enableSearch, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.enableSearch != enableSearch {
|
||||
adw_combo_row_set_enable_search(widget?.cast(), enableSearch.cBool)
|
||||
@ -223,40 +228,48 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
|
||||
/// The widget to activate when the row is activated.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The row can be activated either by clicking on it, calling
|
||||
/// `ActionRow.activate`, or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the ``useUnderline(_:)`` property to enable
|
||||
/// [method@ActionRow.activate], or via mnemonics in the title.
|
||||
/// See the [property@PreferencesRow:use-underline] property to enable
|
||||
/// mnemonics.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The target widget will be activated by emitting the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate` signal on it.
|
||||
public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.activatableWidget = activatableWidget() }
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Widget::mnemonic-activate] signal on it.
|
||||
public func activatableWidget(@ViewBuilder _ activatableWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.activatableWidget = activatableWidget
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
|
||||
/// If set to `TRUE`, a search entry will be shown in the popup that
|
||||
/// allows to search for items in the list.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Search requires ``expression(_:)`` to be set.
|
||||
/// Search requires [property@ComboRow:expression] to be set.
|
||||
public func enableSearch(_ enableSearch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.enableSearch = enableSearch }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.enableSearch = enableSearch
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The position of the selected item.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If no item is selected, the property has the value
|
||||
/// `Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION`
|
||||
/// [const@Gtk.INVALID_LIST_POSITION]
|
||||
public func selected(_ selected: Binding<UInt>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.selected = selected }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.selected = selected
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The subtitle for this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitle = subtitle }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
|
||||
@ -264,63 +277,79 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
|
||||
public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitleLines = subtitleLines }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the subtitle from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
public func subtitleSelectable(_ subtitleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitleSelectable = subtitleSelectable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.title = title }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.title = title
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
|
||||
public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleLines = titleLines }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to use the current value as the subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If you use a custom list item factory, you will need to give the row a
|
||||
/// name conversion expression with ``expression(_:)``.
|
||||
/// name conversion expression with [property@ComboRow:expression].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If set to `true`, you should not access ``subtitle(_:)``.
|
||||
/// If set to `TRUE`, you should not access [property@ActionRow:subtitle].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup if
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `true`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `TRUE`.
|
||||
public func useSubtitle(_ useSubtitle: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useSubtitle = useSubtitle }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useSubtitle = useSubtitle
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// This signal is emitted after the row has been activated.
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// DropDown.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,27 +10,27 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Allows the user to choose an item from a list of options.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="drop-down-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkDropDown" src="drop-down.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `GtkDropDown` displays the [selected]``selected(_:)``
|
||||
/// The `GtkDropDown` displays the [selected][property@Gtk.DropDown:selected]
|
||||
/// choice.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The options are given to `GtkDropDown` in the form of `GListModel`
|
||||
/// and how the individual options are represented is determined by
|
||||
/// a `Gtk.ListItemFactory`. The default factory displays simple strings,
|
||||
/// a [class@Gtk.ListItemFactory]. The default factory displays simple strings,
|
||||
/// and adds a checkmark to the selected item in the popup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To set your own factory, use `Gtk.DropDown.set_factory`. It is
|
||||
/// To set your own factory, use [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_factory]. It is
|
||||
/// possible to use a separate factory for the items in the popup, with
|
||||
/// `Gtk.DropDown.set_list_factory`.
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_list_factory].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkDropDown` knows how to obtain strings from the items in a
|
||||
/// `Gtk.StringList`; for other models, you have to provide an expression
|
||||
/// to find the strings via `Gtk.DropDown.set_expression`.
|
||||
/// [class@Gtk.StringList]; for other models, you have to provide an expression
|
||||
/// to find the strings via [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_expression].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkDropDown` can optionally allow search in the popup, which is
|
||||
/// useful if the list of options is long. To enable the search entry,
|
||||
/// use `Gtk.DropDown.set_enable_search`.
|
||||
/// use [method@Gtk.DropDown.set_enable_search].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Here is a UI definition example for `GtkDropDown` with a simple model:
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -39,26 +39,26 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If a `GtkDropDown` is created in this manner, or with
|
||||
/// `Gtk.DropDown.new_from_strings`, for instance, the object returned from
|
||||
/// `Gtk.DropDown.get_selected_item` will be a `Gtk.StringObject`.
|
||||
/// [ctor@Gtk.DropDown.new_from_strings], for instance, the object returned from
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.DropDown.get_selected_item] will be a [class@Gtk.StringObject].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To learn more about the list widget framework, see the
|
||||
/// [overview](section-list-widget.html).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkDropDown` has a single CSS node with name dropdown,
|
||||
/// with the button and popover nodes as children.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkDropDown` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.combo_box] role.
|
||||
public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var accessibleRole: String?
|
||||
/// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note that search requires ``expression(_:)``
|
||||
/// Note that search requires [property@Gtk.DropDown:expression]
|
||||
/// to be set.
|
||||
var enableSearch: Bool?
|
||||
/// The position of the selected item.
|
||||
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var activate: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `DropDown`.
|
||||
init() {
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -96,6 +96,7 @@ public struct DropDown: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -145,15 +146,19 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to show a search entry in the popup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note that search requires ``expression(_:)``
|
||||
/// Note that search requires [property@Gtk.DropDown:expression]
|
||||
/// to be set.
|
||||
public func enableSearch(_ enableSearch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.enableSearch = enableSearch }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.enableSearch = enableSearch
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The position of the selected item.
|
||||
@ -161,12 +166,16 @@ if let selected, newValue != selected.wrappedValue {
|
||||
/// If no item is selected, the property has the value
|
||||
/// %GTK_INVALID_LIST_POSITION.
|
||||
public func selected(_ selected: Binding<UInt>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.selected = selected }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.selected = selected
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to show an arrow within the GtkDropDown widget.
|
||||
public func showArrow(_ showArrow: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showArrow = showArrow }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showArrow = showArrow
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted to when the drop down is activated.
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Entry.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,33 +10,33 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A single-line text entry widget.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="entry-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkEntry" src="entry.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A fairly large set of key bindings are supported by default. If the
|
||||
/// entered text is longer than the allocation of the widget, the widget
|
||||
/// will scroll so that the cursor position is visible.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When using an entry for passwords and other sensitive information, it
|
||||
/// can be put into “password mode” using `Gtk.Entry.set_visibility`.
|
||||
/// can be put into “password mode” using [method@Gtk.Entry.set_visibility].
|
||||
/// In this mode, entered text is displayed using a “invisible” character.
|
||||
/// By default, GTK picks the best invisible character that is available
|
||||
/// in the current font, but it can be changed with
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry.set_invisible_char`.
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_invisible_char].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkEntry` has the ability to display progress or activity
|
||||
/// information behind the text. To make an entry display such information,
|
||||
/// use `Gtk.Entry.set_progress_fraction` or
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry.set_progress_pulse_step`.
|
||||
/// use [method@Gtk.Entry.set_progress_fraction] or
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_progress_pulse_step].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Additionally, `GtkEntry` can show icons at either side of the entry.
|
||||
/// These icons can be activatable by clicking, can be set up as drag source
|
||||
/// and can have tooltips. To add an icon, use
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_from_gicon` or one of the various other functions
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_from_gicon] or one of the various other functions
|
||||
/// that set an icon from an icon name or a paintable. To trigger an action when
|
||||
/// the user clicks an icon, connect to the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` signal.
|
||||
/// the user clicks an icon, connect to the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] signal.
|
||||
/// To allow DND operations from an icon, use
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_drag_source`. To set a tooltip on an icon, use
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text` or the corresponding function
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_drag_source]. To set a tooltip on an icon, use
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text] or the corresponding function
|
||||
/// for markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Note that functionality or information that is only available by clicking
|
||||
@ -45,20 +45,57 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// that any such functionality should also be available by other means, e.g.
|
||||
/// via the context menu of the entry.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
/// entry[.flat][.warning][.error]
|
||||
/// ├── text[.readonly]
|
||||
/// ├── image.left
|
||||
/// ├── image.right
|
||||
/// ╰── [progress[.pulse]]
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkEntry` has a main node with the name entry. Depending on the properties
|
||||
/// of the entry, the style classes .read-only and .flat may appear. The style
|
||||
/// classes .warning and .error may also be used with entries.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When the entry shows icons, it adds subnodes with the name image and the
|
||||
/// style class .left or .right, depending on where the icon appears.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When the entry shows progress, it adds a subnode with the name progress.
|
||||
/// The node has the style class .pulse when the shown progress is pulsing.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// For all the subnodes added to the text node in various situations,
|
||||
/// see [class@Gtk.Text].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # GtkEntry as GtkBuildable
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `GtkEntry` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports a
|
||||
/// custom `<attributes>` element, which supports any number of `<attribute>`
|
||||
/// elements. The `<attribute>` element has attributes named “name“, “value“,
|
||||
/// “start“ and “end“ and allows you to specify `PangoAttribute` values for
|
||||
/// this label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An example of a UI definition fragment specifying Pango attributes:
|
||||
/// ```xml
|
||||
/// <object class="GtkEntry"><attributes><attribute name="weight" value="PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"/><attribute name="background" value="red" start="5" end="10"/></attributes></object>
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The start and end attributes specify the range of characters to which the
|
||||
/// Pango attribute applies. If start and end are not specified, the attribute
|
||||
/// is applied to the whole text. Note that specifying ranges does not make much
|
||||
/// sense with translatable attributes. Use markup embedded in the translatable
|
||||
/// content instead.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkEntry` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.text_box] role.
|
||||
public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -76,15 +113,15 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable.
|
||||
var enableUndo: Bool?
|
||||
/// A menu model whose contents will be appended to the context menu.
|
||||
var extraMenu: Body?
|
||||
var extraMenu: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// Whether the entry should draw a frame.
|
||||
var hasFrame: Bool?
|
||||
/// Which IM (input method) module should be used for this entry.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See `Gtk.IMContext`.
|
||||
/// See [class@Gtk.IMContext].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the system-wide IM
|
||||
/// module setting. See the GtkSettings ``gtkImModule(_:)``
|
||||
/// module setting. See the GtkSettings [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-im-module]
|
||||
/// property.
|
||||
var imModule: String?
|
||||
/// The character to use when masking entry contents (“password mode”).
|
||||
@ -95,32 +132,6 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var maxLength: Int?
|
||||
/// The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters.
|
||||
var maxWidthChars: Int?
|
||||
/// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the primary icon action.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
|
||||
/// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
|
||||
/// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
|
||||
/// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
|
||||
/// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
|
||||
/// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
|
||||
/// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
|
||||
/// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
|
||||
var menuEntryIconPrimaryText: String?
|
||||
/// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the secondary icon action.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
|
||||
/// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
|
||||
/// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
|
||||
/// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
|
||||
/// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
|
||||
/// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
|
||||
/// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
|
||||
/// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
|
||||
var menuEntryIconSecondaryText: String?
|
||||
/// If text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkEntry`.
|
||||
var overwriteMode: Bool?
|
||||
/// The text that will be displayed in the `GtkEntry` when it is empty
|
||||
@ -128,8 +139,8 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var placeholderText: String?
|
||||
/// Whether the primary icon is activatable.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// activatable icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
|
||||
@ -140,7 +151,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// Whether the primary icon is sensitive.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and `Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
|
||||
/// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
|
||||
@ -148,25 +159,25 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var primaryIconSensitive: Bool?
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon, with markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
|
||||
var primaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
|
||||
var primaryIconTooltipText: String?
|
||||
/// The current fraction of the task that's been completed.
|
||||
var progressFraction: Double?
|
||||
/// The fraction of total entry width to move the progress
|
||||
/// bouncing block for each pulse.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See `Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse`.
|
||||
/// See [method@Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse].
|
||||
var progressPulseStep: Double?
|
||||
/// Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left.
|
||||
var scrollOffset: Int?
|
||||
/// Whether the secondary icon is activatable.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// activatable icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
|
||||
@ -177,7 +188,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// Whether the secondary icon is sensitive.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
|
||||
/// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
|
||||
@ -185,11 +196,11 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var secondaryIconSensitive: Bool?
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon, with markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
|
||||
var secondaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
|
||||
var secondaryIconTooltipText: String?
|
||||
/// The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars.
|
||||
var selectionBound: Int?
|
||||
@ -200,7 +211,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var text: Binding<String>?
|
||||
/// The length of the text in the `GtkEntry`.
|
||||
var textLength: UInt?
|
||||
/// When `true`, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
|
||||
/// When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
|
||||
var truncateMultiline: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether the entry should show the “invisible char” instead of the
|
||||
/// actual text (“password mode”).
|
||||
@ -232,7 +243,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// range of deleted text, or prevent it from being deleted entirely.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The @start_pos and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Editable.delete_text`.
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Editable.delete_text].
|
||||
var deleteText: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
/// This signal is a sign for the cell renderer to update its
|
||||
/// value from the @cell_editable.
|
||||
@ -273,7 +284,7 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var removeWidget: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Entry`.
|
||||
init() {
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -286,8 +297,9 @@ public struct Entry: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let extraMenu {
|
||||
let childStorage = MenuCollection { extraMenu }.getMenu(data: data)
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let menu = extraMenu?() {
|
||||
let childStorage = MenuCollection { menu }.getMenu(data: data)
|
||||
storage.content["extraMenu"] = [childStorage]
|
||||
gtk_entry_set_extra_menu(storage.opaquePointer?.cast(), childStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -360,7 +372,7 @@ if let text, newValue != text.wrappedValue {
|
||||
gtk_editable_set_enable_undo(widget, enableUndo.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let menu = storage.content["extraMenu"]?.first {
|
||||
MenuCollection { extraMenu ?? [] }
|
||||
MenuCollection { extraMenu?() ?? [] }
|
||||
.updateStorage(menu, data: data.noModifiers, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: MenuContext.self)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let hasFrame, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.hasFrame != hasFrame {
|
||||
@ -415,265 +427,305 @@ if let text, newValue != text.wrappedValue {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The current position of the insertion cursor in chars.
|
||||
public func cursorPosition(_ cursorPosition: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.cursorPosition = cursorPosition }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.cursorPosition = cursorPosition
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the entry contents can be edited.
|
||||
public func editable(_ editable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.editable = editable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.editable = editable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Indicates whether editing on the cell has been canceled.
|
||||
public func editingCanceled(_ editingCanceled: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.editingCanceled = editingCanceled }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.editingCanceled = editingCanceled
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to suggest Emoji replacements for :-delimited names
|
||||
/// like `:heart:`.
|
||||
public func enableEmojiCompletion(_ enableEmojiCompletion: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable.
|
||||
public func enableUndo(_ enableUndo: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.enableUndo = enableUndo }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.enableUndo = enableUndo
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// A menu model whose contents will be appended to the context menu.
|
||||
public func extraMenu(@ViewBuilder _ extraMenu: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.extraMenu = extraMenu() }
|
||||
public func extraMenu(@ViewBuilder _ extraMenu: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.extraMenu = extraMenu
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the entry should draw a frame.
|
||||
public func hasFrame(_ hasFrame: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.hasFrame = hasFrame }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.hasFrame = hasFrame
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Which IM (input method) module should be used for this entry.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See `Gtk.IMContext`.
|
||||
/// See [class@Gtk.IMContext].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the system-wide IM
|
||||
/// module setting. See the GtkSettings ``gtkImModule(_:)``
|
||||
/// module setting. See the GtkSettings [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-im-module]
|
||||
/// property.
|
||||
public func imModule(_ imModule: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.imModule = imModule }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.imModule = imModule
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The character to use when masking entry contents (“password mode”).
|
||||
public func invisibleCharacter(_ invisibleCharacter: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.invisibleCharacter = invisibleCharacter }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.invisibleCharacter = invisibleCharacter
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the invisible char has been set for the `GtkEntry`.
|
||||
public func invisibleCharacterSet(_ invisibleCharacterSet: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.invisibleCharacterSet = invisibleCharacterSet }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.invisibleCharacterSet = invisibleCharacterSet
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum number of characters for this entry.
|
||||
public func maxLength(_ maxLength: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.maxLength = maxLength }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maxLength = maxLength
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters.
|
||||
public func maxWidthChars(_ maxWidthChars: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the primary icon action.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
|
||||
/// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
|
||||
/// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
|
||||
/// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
|
||||
/// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
|
||||
/// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
|
||||
/// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
|
||||
/// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
|
||||
public func menuEntryIconPrimaryText(_ menuEntryIconPrimaryText: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.menuEntryIconPrimaryText = menuEntryIconPrimaryText }
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Text for an item in the context menu to activate the secondary icon action.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When the primary icon is activatable and this property has been set, a new entry
|
||||
/// in the context menu of this GtkEntry will appear with this text. Selecting that
|
||||
/// menu entry will result in the primary icon being activated, exactly in the same way
|
||||
/// as it would be activated from a mouse click.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This simplifies adding accessibility support to applications using activatable
|
||||
/// icons. The activatable icons aren't focusable when navigating the interface with
|
||||
/// the keyboard This is why Gtk recommends to also add those actions in the context
|
||||
/// menu. This set of methods greatly simplifies this, by adding a menu item that, when
|
||||
/// enabled, calls the same callback than clicking on the icon.
|
||||
public func menuEntryIconSecondaryText(_ menuEntryIconSecondaryText: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.menuEntryIconSecondaryText = menuEntryIconSecondaryText }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// If text is overwritten when typing in the `GtkEntry`.
|
||||
public func overwriteMode(_ overwriteMode: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.overwriteMode = overwriteMode }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.overwriteMode = overwriteMode
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The text that will be displayed in the `GtkEntry` when it is empty
|
||||
/// and unfocused.
|
||||
public func placeholderText(_ placeholderText: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.placeholderText = placeholderText }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.placeholderText = placeholderText
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the primary icon is activatable.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// activatable icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
|
||||
/// informational purposes.
|
||||
public func primaryIconActivatable(_ primaryIconActivatable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.primaryIconActivatable = primaryIconActivatable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.primaryIconActivatable = primaryIconActivatable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The icon name to use for the primary icon for the entry.
|
||||
public func primaryIconName(_ primaryIconName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.primaryIconName = primaryIconName }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.primaryIconName = primaryIconName
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the primary icon is sensitive.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and `Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
|
||||
/// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
|
||||
/// when clicked is currently not available.
|
||||
public func primaryIconSensitive(_ primaryIconSensitive: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.primaryIconSensitive = primaryIconSensitive }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.primaryIconSensitive = primaryIconSensitive
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon, with markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
|
||||
public func primaryIconTooltipMarkup(_ primaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.primaryIconTooltipMarkup = primaryIconTooltipMarkup }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.primaryIconTooltipMarkup = primaryIconTooltipMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
|
||||
public func primaryIconTooltipText(_ primaryIconTooltipText: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.primaryIconTooltipText = primaryIconTooltipText }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.primaryIconTooltipText = primaryIconTooltipText
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The current fraction of the task that's been completed.
|
||||
public func progressFraction(_ progressFraction: Double?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.progressFraction = progressFraction }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.progressFraction = progressFraction
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The fraction of total entry width to move the progress
|
||||
/// bouncing block for each pulse.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See `Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse`.
|
||||
/// See [method@Gtk.Entry.progress_pulse].
|
||||
public func progressPulseStep(_ progressPulseStep: Double?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.progressPulseStep = progressPulseStep }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.progressPulseStep = progressPulseStep
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left.
|
||||
public func scrollOffset(_ scrollOffset: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.scrollOffset = scrollOffset }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.scrollOffset = scrollOffset
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the secondary icon is activatable.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// GTK emits the `Gtk.Entry::icon-press` and
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-release` signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// GTK emits the [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press] and
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release] signals only on sensitive,
|
||||
/// activatable icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely
|
||||
/// informational purposes.
|
||||
public func secondaryIconActivatable(_ secondaryIconActivatable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.secondaryIconActivatable = secondaryIconActivatable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.secondaryIconActivatable = secondaryIconActivatable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The icon name to use for the secondary icon for the entry.
|
||||
public func secondaryIconName(_ secondaryIconName: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.secondaryIconName = secondaryIconName }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.secondaryIconName = secondaryIconName
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the secondary icon is sensitive.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An insensitive icon appears grayed out. GTK does not emit the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release`
|
||||
/// [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-press[ and [signal@Gtk.Entry::icon-release]
|
||||
/// signals and does not allow DND from insensitive icons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger
|
||||
/// when clicked is currently not available.
|
||||
public func secondaryIconSensitive(_ secondaryIconSensitive: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.secondaryIconSensitive = secondaryIconSensitive }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.secondaryIconSensitive = secondaryIconSensitive
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon, with markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_markup].
|
||||
public func secondaryIconTooltipMarkup(_ secondaryIconTooltipMarkup: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.secondaryIconTooltipMarkup = secondaryIconTooltipMarkup }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.secondaryIconTooltipMarkup = secondaryIconTooltipMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text`.
|
||||
/// Also see [method@Gtk.Entry.set_icon_tooltip_text].
|
||||
public func secondaryIconTooltipText(_ secondaryIconTooltipText: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.secondaryIconTooltipText = secondaryIconTooltipText }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.secondaryIconTooltipText = secondaryIconTooltipText
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars.
|
||||
public func selectionBound(_ selectionBound: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.selectionBound = selectionBound }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.selectionBound = selectionBound
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the entry will show an Emoji icon in the secondary icon position
|
||||
/// to open the Emoji chooser.
|
||||
public func showEmojiIcon(_ showEmojiIcon: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showEmojiIcon = showEmojiIcon }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showEmojiIcon = showEmojiIcon
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The contents of the entry.
|
||||
public func text(_ text: Binding<String>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.text = text }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.text = text
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The length of the text in the `GtkEntry`.
|
||||
public func textLength(_ textLength: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.textLength = textLength }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.textLength = textLength
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// When `true`, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
|
||||
/// When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line.
|
||||
public func truncateMultiline(_ truncateMultiline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.truncateMultiline = truncateMultiline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.truncateMultiline = truncateMultiline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the entry should show the “invisible char” instead of the
|
||||
/// actual text (“password mode”).
|
||||
public func visibility(_ visibility: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.visibility = visibility }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.visibility = visibility
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Number of characters to leave space for in the entry.
|
||||
public func widthChars(_ widthChars: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.widthChars = widthChars }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.widthChars = widthChars
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Reversed for RTL layouts.
|
||||
public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.xalign = xalign }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.xalign = xalign
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted when the entry is activated.
|
||||
@ -707,7 +759,7 @@ if let text, newValue != text.wrappedValue {
|
||||
/// range of deleted text, or prevent it from being deleted entirely.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The @start_pos and @end_pos parameters are interpreted as for
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Editable.delete_text`.
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Editable.delete_text].
|
||||
public func deleteText(_ deleteText: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.deleteText = deleteText
|
||||
@ -2,44 +2,49 @@
|
||||
// EntryRow.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` with an embedded text entry.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] with an embedded text entry.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="entry-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="entry-row.png" alt="entry-row"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwEntryRow` has a title that doubles as placeholder text. It shows an icon
|
||||
/// indicating that it's editable and can receive additional widgets before or
|
||||
/// after the editable part.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If ``showApplyButton(_:)`` is set to `true`, `AdwEntryRow` can
|
||||
/// If [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button] is set to `TRUE`, `AdwEntryRow` can
|
||||
/// show an apply button when editing its contents. This can be useful if
|
||||
/// changing its contents can result in an expensive operation, such as network
|
||||
/// activity.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwEntryRow` provides only minimal API and should be used with the
|
||||
/// `Gtk.Editable` API.
|
||||
/// [iface@Gtk.Editable] API.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `PasswordEntryRow`.
|
||||
/// See also [class@PasswordEntryRow].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## AdwEntryRow as GtkBuildable
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwEntryRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
|
||||
/// supports adding a child at its end by specifying “suffix” or omitting the
|
||||
/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It also supports adding a child as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as
|
||||
/// the “type” attribute of a <child> element.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwEntryRow` has a single CSS node with name `row` and the `.entry` style
|
||||
/// class.
|
||||
public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
|
||||
var activatesDefault: Bool?
|
||||
@ -51,9 +56,9 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var maxLength: Int?
|
||||
/// Whether to show the apply button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When set to `true`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
|
||||
/// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
|
||||
/// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
|
||||
/// emit the `EntryRow::apply` signal.
|
||||
/// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
|
||||
/// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
|
||||
@ -64,23 +69,23 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var title: String?
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
var titleSelectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
var useMarkup: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
var useUnderline: Bool?
|
||||
/// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``showApplyButton(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
|
||||
var apply: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
/// Emitted when the embedded entry is activated.
|
||||
var entryActivated: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
@ -90,7 +95,7 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var prefix: () -> Body = { [] }
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `EntryRow`.
|
||||
init() {
|
||||
public init() {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -103,6 +108,7 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
var suffixStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
|
||||
for view in suffix() {
|
||||
@ -200,71 +206,89 @@ public struct EntryRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether activating the embedded entry can activate the default widget.
|
||||
public func activatesDefault(_ activatesDefault: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.activatesDefault = activatesDefault }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.activatesDefault = activatesDefault
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to suggest emoji replacements on the entry row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Emoji replacement is done with :-delimited names, like `:heart:`.
|
||||
public func enableEmojiCompletion(_ enableEmojiCompletion: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.enableEmojiCompletion = enableEmojiCompletion
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Maximum number of characters for the entry.
|
||||
public func maxLength(_ maxLength: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.maxLength = maxLength }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maxLength = maxLength
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to show the apply button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When set to `true`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
|
||||
/// When set to `TRUE`, typing text in the entry will reveal an apply button.
|
||||
/// Clicking it or pressing the <kbd>Enter</kbd> key will hide the button and
|
||||
/// emit the `EntryRow::apply` signal.
|
||||
/// emit the [signal@EntryRow::apply] signal.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This is useful if changing the entry contents can trigger an expensive
|
||||
/// operation, e.g. network activity, to avoid triggering it after typing every
|
||||
/// character.
|
||||
public func showApplyButton(_ showApplyButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showApplyButton = showApplyButton }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showApplyButton = showApplyButton
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The length of the text in the entry row.
|
||||
public func textLength(_ textLength: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.textLength = textLength }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.textLength = textLength
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.title = title }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.title = title
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted when the apply button is pressed.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``showApplyButton(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See [property@EntryRow:show-apply-button].
|
||||
public func apply(_ apply: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.apply = apply
|
||||
@ -2,34 +2,52 @@
|
||||
// ExpanderRow.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A `Gtk.ListBoxRow` used to reveal widgets.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A [class@Gtk.ListBoxRow] used to reveal widgets.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="expander-row-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="expander-row.png" alt="expander-row"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwExpanderRow` widget allows the user to reveal or hide widgets below
|
||||
/// it. It also allows the user to enable the expansion of the row, allowing to
|
||||
/// disable all that the row contains.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## AdwExpanderRow as GtkBuildable
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `AdwExpanderRow` implementation of the [iface@Gtk.Buildable] interface
|
||||
/// supports adding a child as an suffix widget by specifying “suffix” as the
|
||||
/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It also supports adding it as a prefix widget by specifying “prefix” as the
|
||||
/// “type” attribute of a <child> element.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwExpanderRow` has a main CSS node with name `row` and the `.expander`
|
||||
/// style class. It has the `.empty` style class when it contains no children.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It contains the subnodes `row.header` for its main embedded row,
|
||||
/// `list.nested` for the list it can expand, and `image.expander-row-arrow` for
|
||||
/// its arrow.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Style classes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwExpanderRow` can use the [`.`](style-classes.html#property-rows)
|
||||
/// style class to emphasize the row subtitle instead of the row title, which is
|
||||
/// useful for displaying read-only properties.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When used together with the `.monospace` style class, only the subtitle
|
||||
/// becomes monospace, not the title or any extra widgets.
|
||||
public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether expansion is enabled.
|
||||
var enableExpansion: Binding<Bool>?
|
||||
@ -40,7 +58,7 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// The subtitle for this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var subtitle: String?
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
|
||||
/// ellipsized.
|
||||
@ -50,7 +68,7 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var title: String?
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -58,13 +76,13 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var titleLines: Int?
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
var titleSelectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
var useMarkup: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
var useUnderline: Bool?
|
||||
@ -89,6 +107,7 @@ public struct ExpanderRow: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
var rowsStorage: [ViewStorage] = []
|
||||
for view in rows() {
|
||||
@ -212,25 +231,33 @@ if let expanded, newValue != expanded.wrappedValue {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether expansion is enabled.
|
||||
public func enableExpansion(_ enableExpansion: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.enableExpansion = enableExpansion }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.enableExpansion = enableExpansion
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the row is expanded.
|
||||
public func expanded(_ expanded: Binding<Bool>?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.expanded = expanded }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.expanded = expanded
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the switch enabling the expansion is visible.
|
||||
public func showEnableSwitch(_ showEnableSwitch: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showEnableSwitch = showEnableSwitch }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showEnableSwitch = showEnableSwitch
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The subtitle for this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The subtitle is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func subtitle(_ subtitle: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitle = subtitle }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitle = subtitle
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the subtitle label will be
|
||||
@ -238,43 +265,55 @@ if let expanded, newValue != expanded.wrappedValue {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
|
||||
public func subtitleLines(_ subtitleLines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.subtitleLines = subtitleLines }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.subtitleLines = subtitleLines
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The title of the preference represented by this row.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The title is interpreted as Pango markup unless
|
||||
/// ``useMarkup(_:)`` is set to `false`.
|
||||
/// [property@PreferencesRow:use-markup] is set to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func title(_ title: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.title = title }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.title = title
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines at the end of which the title label will be ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the value is 0, the number of lines won't be limited.
|
||||
public func titleLines(_ titleLines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleLines = titleLines }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleLines = titleLines
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the user can copy the title from the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also ``selectable(_:)``.
|
||||
/// See also [property@Gtk.Label:selectable].
|
||||
public func titleSelectable(_ titleSelectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleSelectable = titleSelectable }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleSelectable = titleSelectable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to use Pango markup for the title label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Subclasses may also use it for other labels, such as subtitle.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See also `Pango.parse_markup`.
|
||||
/// See also [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useMarkup = useMarkup }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether an embedded underline in the title indicates a mnemonic.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.useUnderline = useUnderline }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the body for "rows".
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// Fixed.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -47,17 +47,10 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// widget. But you should be aware of the tradeoffs.
|
||||
public struct Fixed: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -78,6 +71,7 @@ public struct Fixed: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -107,7 +101,9 @@ public struct Fixed: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// FlowBox.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Puts child widgets in a reflowing grid.
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="flow-box-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkFlowBox" src="flow-box.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// For instance, with the horizontal orientation, the widgets will be
|
||||
/// arranged from left to right, starting a new row under the previous
|
||||
@ -30,26 +30,45 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// The children of a `GtkFlowBox` can be dynamically sorted and filtered.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Although a `GtkFlowBox` must have only `GtkFlowBoxChild` children, you
|
||||
/// can add any kind of widget to it via `Gtk.FlowBox.insert`, and a
|
||||
/// can add any kind of widget to it via [method@Gtk.FlowBox.insert], and a
|
||||
/// `GtkFlowBoxChild` widget will automatically be inserted between the box
|
||||
/// and the widget.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Also see `Gtk.ListBox`.
|
||||
/// Also see [class@Gtk.ListBox].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Shortcuts and Gestures
|
||||
///
|
||||
public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equatable {
|
||||
/// The following signals have default keybindings:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::move-cursor]
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::select-all]
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::toggle-cursor-child]
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.FlowBox::unselect-all]
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
/// flowbox
|
||||
/// ├── flowboxchild
|
||||
/// │ ╰── <child>├── flowboxchild
|
||||
/// │ ╰── <child>┊
|
||||
/// ╰── [rubberband]
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkFlowBox` uses a single CSS node with name flowbox. `GtkFlowBoxChild`
|
||||
/// uses a single CSS node with name flowboxchild. For rubberband selection,
|
||||
/// a subnode with name rubberband is used.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkFlowBox` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.grid] role, and `GtkFlowBoxChild`
|
||||
/// uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.grid_cell] role.
|
||||
public struct FlowBox<Element>: AdwaitaWidget where Element: Identifiable {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
|
||||
var acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool?
|
||||
@ -109,8 +128,8 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
var selectAll: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
/// Emitted when the set of selected children changes.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use `Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach` or
|
||||
/// `Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children` to obtain the
|
||||
/// Use [method@Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach] or
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children] to obtain the
|
||||
/// selected children.
|
||||
var selectedChildrenChanged: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
/// Emitted to toggle the selection of the child that has the focus.
|
||||
@ -130,14 +149,11 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
var elements: [Element]
|
||||
/// The dynamic widget content.
|
||||
var content: (Element) -> Body
|
||||
/// The dynamic widget identifier key path.
|
||||
var id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `FlowBox`.
|
||||
init(_ elements: [Element], id: KeyPath<Element, Identifier>, @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
self.elements = elements
|
||||
self.content = content
|
||||
self.id = id
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
@ -150,6 +166,7 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -219,9 +236,8 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
|
||||
var contentStorage: [ViewStorage] = storage.content[.mainContent] ?? []
|
||||
let old = storage.fields["element"] as? [Element] ?? []
|
||||
old.transform(
|
||||
old.identifiableTransform(
|
||||
to: elements,
|
||||
id: id,
|
||||
functions: .init { index in
|
||||
gtk_flow_box_remove(widget, gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index(widget, index.cInt)?.cast())
|
||||
contentStorage.remove(at: index)
|
||||
@ -248,37 +264,49 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to accept unpaired release events.
|
||||
public func acceptUnpairedRelease(_ acceptUnpairedRelease: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.acceptUnpairedRelease = acceptUnpairedRelease }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.acceptUnpairedRelease = acceptUnpairedRelease
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines whether children can be activated with a single
|
||||
/// click, or require a double-click.
|
||||
public func activateOnSingleClick(_ activateOnSingleClick: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.activateOnSingleClick = activateOnSingleClick }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.activateOnSingleClick = activateOnSingleClick
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The amount of horizontal space between two children.
|
||||
public func columnSpacing(_ columnSpacing: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.columnSpacing = columnSpacing }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.columnSpacing = columnSpacing
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines whether all children should be allocated the
|
||||
/// same size.
|
||||
public func homogeneous(_ homogeneous: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.homogeneous = homogeneous }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.homogeneous = homogeneous
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively
|
||||
/// in the given orientation.
|
||||
public func maxChildrenPerLine(_ maxChildrenPerLine: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.maxChildrenPerLine = maxChildrenPerLine }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maxChildrenPerLine = maxChildrenPerLine
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively
|
||||
@ -288,12 +316,16 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
/// that a reasonably small height will be requested
|
||||
/// for the overall minimum width of the box.
|
||||
public func minChildrenPerLine(_ minChildrenPerLine: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.minChildrenPerLine = minChildrenPerLine }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.minChildrenPerLine = minChildrenPerLine
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The amount of vertical space between two children.
|
||||
public func rowSpacing(_ rowSpacing: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.rowSpacing = rowSpacing }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.rowSpacing = rowSpacing
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted when the user activates the @box.
|
||||
@ -348,8 +380,8 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted when the set of selected children changes.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use `Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach` or
|
||||
/// `Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children` to obtain the
|
||||
/// Use [method@Gtk.FlowBox.selected_foreach] or
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.FlowBox.get_selected_children] to obtain the
|
||||
/// selected children.
|
||||
public func selectedChildrenChanged(_ selectedChildrenChanged: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
@ -381,14 +413,3 @@ public struct FlowBox<Element, Identifier>: AdwaitaWidget where Identifier: Equa
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
extension FlowBox where Element: Identifiable, Identifier == Element.ID {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `FlowBox`.
|
||||
public init(_ elements: [Element], @ViewBuilder content: @escaping (Element) -> Body) {
|
||||
self.elements = elements
|
||||
self.content = content
|
||||
self.id = \.id
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// HeaderBar.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -10,31 +10,106 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// A title bar widget.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="header-bar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="header-bar.png" alt="header-bar"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwHeaderBar` is similar to `Gtk.HeaderBar`, but provides additional
|
||||
/// `AdwHeaderBar` is similar to [class@Gtk.HeaderBar], but provides additional
|
||||
/// features compared to it. Refer to `GtkHeaderBar` for details. It is typically
|
||||
/// used as a top bar within `ToolbarView`.
|
||||
/// used as a top bar within [class@ToolbarView].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Dialog Integration
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When placed inside an [class@Dialog], `AdwHeaderBar` will display the dialog
|
||||
/// title instead of window title. It will also adjust the decoration layout to
|
||||
/// ensure it always has a close button and nothing else. Set
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] to `FALSE` to remove it if it's
|
||||
/// unwanted.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Navigation View Integration
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When placed inside an [class@NavigationPage], `AdwHeaderBar` will display the
|
||||
/// page title instead of window title.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When used together with [class@NavigationView] or [class@NavigationSplitView],
|
||||
/// it will also display a back button that can be used to go back to the previous
|
||||
/// page. The button also has a context menu, allowing to pop multiple pages at
|
||||
/// once, potentially across multiple navigation views.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Set [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] to `FALSE` to disable this behavior
|
||||
/// in rare scenarios where it's unwanted.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Split View Integration
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When placed inside [class@NavigationSplitView] or [class@OverlaySplitView],
|
||||
/// `AdwHeaderBar` will automatically hide the title buttons other than at the
|
||||
/// edges of the window.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Bottom Sheet Integration
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When played inside [class@BottomSheet], `AdwHeaderBar` will not show the title
|
||||
/// unless [property@BottomSheet:show-drag-handle] is set to `FALSE`, regardless
|
||||
/// of [property@HeaderBar:show-title]. This only applies to the default title,
|
||||
/// titles set with [property@HeaderBar:title-widget] will still be shown.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Centering Policy
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:centering-policy] allows to enforce strict centering of
|
||||
/// the title widget. This can be useful for entries inside [class@Clamp].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Title Buttons
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Unlike `GtkHeaderBar`, `AdwHeaderBar` allows to toggle title button
|
||||
/// visibility for each side individually, using the
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] and
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] properties.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
/// headerbar
|
||||
/// ╰── windowhandle
|
||||
/// ╰── box
|
||||
/// ├── widget
|
||||
/// │ ╰── box.start
|
||||
/// │ ├── windowcontrols.start
|
||||
/// │ ├── widget
|
||||
/// │ │ ╰── [button.back]
|
||||
/// │ ╰── [other children]
|
||||
/// ├── widget
|
||||
/// │ ╰── [Title Widget]
|
||||
/// ╰── widget
|
||||
/// ╰── box.end
|
||||
/// ├── [other children]
|
||||
/// ╰── windowcontrols.end
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwHeaderBar`'s CSS node is called `headerbar`. It contains a `windowhandle`
|
||||
/// subnode, which contains a `box` subnode, which contains three `widget`
|
||||
/// subnodes at the start, center and end of the header bar. The start and end
|
||||
/// subnodes contain a `box` subnode with the `.start` and `.end` style classes
|
||||
/// respectively, and the center node contains a node that represents the title.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Each of the boxes contains a `windowcontrols` subnode, see
|
||||
/// [class@Gtk.WindowControls] for details, as well as other children.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// When [property@HeaderBar:show-back-button] is `TRUE`, the start box also
|
||||
/// contains a node with the name `widget` that contains a node with the name
|
||||
/// `button` and `.back` style class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `AdwHeaderBar` uses the `GTK_ACCESSIBLE_ROLE_GROUP` role.
|
||||
public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The decoration layout for buttons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is not set, the
|
||||
/// ``gtkDecorationLayout(_:)`` setting is used.
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
|
||||
/// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
|
||||
@ -47,23 +122,23 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
|
||||
/// `NavigationView`. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `false`.
|
||||
/// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
|
||||
var showBackButton: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``showStartTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
|
||||
/// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
|
||||
/// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
|
||||
/// closed).
|
||||
var showEndTitleButtons: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``showEndTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
|
||||
/// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
|
||||
/// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
|
||||
/// closed).
|
||||
var showStartTitleButtons: Bool?
|
||||
@ -74,12 +149,12 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// When set to `NULL`, the header bar will display the title of the window it
|
||||
/// is contained in.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To use a different title, use `WindowTitle`:
|
||||
/// To use a different title, use [class@WindowTitle]:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```xml
|
||||
/// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"><property name="title-widget"><object class="AdwWindowTitle"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Title</property></object></property></object>
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
var titleWidget: Body?
|
||||
var titleWidget: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// The body for the widget "start".
|
||||
var start: () -> Body = { [] }
|
||||
/// The body for the widget "end".
|
||||
@ -99,7 +174,8 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let titleWidgetStorage = titleWidget?.storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let titleWidgetStorage = titleWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["titleWidget"] = [titleWidgetStorage]
|
||||
adw_header_bar_set_title_widget(storage.opaquePointer, titleWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -144,7 +220,7 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
adw_header_bar_set_show_title(widget, showTitle.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["titleWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
titleWidget?.updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
titleWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if let startStorage = storage.content["start"] {
|
||||
@ -185,7 +261,7 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// The decoration layout for buttons.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is not set, the
|
||||
/// ``gtkDecorationLayout(_:)`` setting is used.
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.Settings:gtk-decoration-layout] setting is used.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
|
||||
/// separates the buttons that should appear at the start from those at the
|
||||
@ -195,44 +271,54 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// For example, “icon:minimize,maximize,close” specifies an icon at the start,
|
||||
/// and minimize, maximize and close buttons at the end.
|
||||
public func decorationLayout(_ decorationLayout: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.decorationLayout = decorationLayout }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.decorationLayout = decorationLayout
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the header bar can show the back button.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The back button will never be shown unless the header bar is placed inside an
|
||||
/// `NavigationView`. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `false`.
|
||||
/// [class@NavigationView]. Usually, there is no reason to set this to `FALSE`.
|
||||
public func showBackButton(_ showBackButton: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showBackButton = showBackButton }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showBackButton = showBackButton
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to show title buttons at the end of the header bar.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``showStartTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
|
||||
/// See [property@HeaderBar:show-start-title-buttons] for the other side.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
|
||||
/// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
|
||||
/// closed).
|
||||
public func showEndTitleButtons(_ showEndTitleButtons: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showEndTitleButtons = showEndTitleButtons }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showEndTitleButtons = showEndTitleButtons
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether to show title buttons at the start of the header bar.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See ``showEndTitleButtons(_:)`` for the other side.
|
||||
/// See [property@HeaderBar:show-end-title-buttons] for the other side.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Which buttons are actually shown and where is determined by the
|
||||
/// ``decorationLayout(_:)`` property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// [property@HeaderBar:decoration-layout] property, and by the state of the
|
||||
/// window (e.g. a close button will not be shown if the window can't be
|
||||
/// closed).
|
||||
public func showStartTitleButtons(_ showStartTitleButtons: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showStartTitleButtons = showStartTitleButtons }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showStartTitleButtons = showStartTitleButtons
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the title widget should be shown.
|
||||
public func showTitle(_ showTitle: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.showTitle = showTitle }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.showTitle = showTitle
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The title widget to display.
|
||||
@ -240,13 +326,15 @@ public struct HeaderBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// When set to `NULL`, the header bar will display the title of the window it
|
||||
/// is contained in.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To use a different title, use `WindowTitle`:
|
||||
/// To use a different title, use [class@WindowTitle]:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```xml
|
||||
/// <object class="AdwHeaderBar"><property name="title-widget"><object class="AdwWindowTitle"><property name="title" translatable="yes">Title</property></object></property></object>
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
public func titleWidget(@ViewBuilder _ titleWidget: () -> Body) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.titleWidget = titleWidget() }
|
||||
public func titleWidget(@ViewBuilder _ titleWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.titleWidget = titleWidget
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Set the body for "start".
|
||||
562
Sources/Core/View/Generated/Label.swift
Normal file
562
Sources/Core/View/Generated/Label.swift
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Label.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
|
||||
/// Displays a small amount of text.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Most labels are used to label another widget (such as an [class@Entry]).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="label-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkLabel" src="label.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Shortcuts and Gestures
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkLabel` supports the following keyboard shortcuts, when the cursor is
|
||||
/// visible:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F10</kbd> or <kbd>Menu</kbd> opens the context menu.
|
||||
/// - <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>A</kbd> or <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>/</kbd>
|
||||
/// selects all.
|
||||
/// - <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>A</kbd> or
|
||||
/// <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>\</kbd> unselects all.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Additionally, the following signals have default keybindings:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.Label::activate-current-link]
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.Label::copy-clipboard]
|
||||
/// - [signal@Gtk.Label::move-cursor]
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Actions
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkLabel` defines a set of built-in actions:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// - `clipboard.copy` copies the text to the clipboard.
|
||||
/// - `clipboard.cut` doesn't do anything, since text in labels can't be deleted.
|
||||
/// - `clipboard.paste` doesn't do anything, since text in labels can't be
|
||||
/// edited.
|
||||
/// - `link.open` opens the link, when activated on a link inside the label.
|
||||
/// - `link.copy` copies the link to the clipboard, when activated on a link
|
||||
/// inside the label.
|
||||
/// - `menu.popup` opens the context menu.
|
||||
/// - `selection.delete` doesn't do anything, since text in labels can't be
|
||||
/// deleted.
|
||||
/// - `selection.select-all` selects all of the text, if the label allows
|
||||
/// selection.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
/// label
|
||||
/// ├── [selection]
|
||||
/// ├── [link]
|
||||
/// ┊
|
||||
/// ╰── [link]
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkLabel` has a single CSS node with the name label. A wide variety
|
||||
/// of style classes may be applied to labels, such as .title, .subtitle,
|
||||
/// .dim-label, etc. In the `GtkShortcutsWindow`, labels are used with the
|
||||
/// .keycap style class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the label has a selection, it gets a subnode with name selection.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the label has links, there is one subnode per link. These subnodes
|
||||
/// carry the link or visited state depending on whether they have been
|
||||
/// visited. In this case, label node also gets a .link style class.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## GtkLabel as GtkBuildable
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The GtkLabel implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
|
||||
/// custom `<attributes>` element, which supports any number of `<attribute>`
|
||||
/// elements. The `<attribute>` element has attributes named “name“, “value“,
|
||||
/// “start“ and “end“ and allows you to specify [struct@Pango.Attribute]
|
||||
/// values for this label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An example of a UI definition fragment specifying Pango attributes:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```xml
|
||||
/// <object class="GtkLabel"><attributes><attribute name="weight" value="PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"/><attribute name="background" value="red" start="5" end="10"/></attributes></object>
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The start and end attributes specify the range of characters to which the
|
||||
/// Pango attribute applies. If start and end are not specified, the attribute is
|
||||
/// applied to the whole text. Note that specifying ranges does not make much
|
||||
/// sense with translatable attributes. Use markup embedded in the translatable
|
||||
/// content instead.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkLabel` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.label] role.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Mnemonics
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Labels may contain “mnemonics”. Mnemonics are underlined characters in the
|
||||
/// label, used for keyboard navigation. Mnemonics are created by providing a
|
||||
/// string with an underscore before the mnemonic character, such as `"_File"`,
|
||||
/// to the functions [ctor@Gtk.Label.new_with_mnemonic] or
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_text_with_mnemonic].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Mnemonics automatically activate any activatable widget the label is
|
||||
/// inside, such as a [class@Gtk.Button]; if the label is not inside the
|
||||
/// mnemonic’s target widget, you have to tell the label about the target
|
||||
/// using [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Here’s a simple example where the label is inside a button:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```c
|
||||
/// // Pressing Alt+H will activate this button
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *button = gtk_button_new ();
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello");
|
||||
/// gtk_button_set_child (GTK_BUTTON (button), label);
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// There’s a convenience function to create buttons with a mnemonic label
|
||||
/// already inside:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```c
|
||||
/// // Pressing Alt+H will activate this button
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *button = gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello");
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To create a mnemonic for a widget alongside the label, such as a
|
||||
/// [class@Gtk.Entry], you have to point the label at the entry with
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_mnemonic_widget]:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```c
|
||||
/// // Pressing Alt+H will focus the entry
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *entry = gtk_entry_new ();
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new_with_mnemonic ("_Hello");
|
||||
/// gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget (GTK_LABEL (label), entry);
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Markup (styled text)
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// To make it easy to format text in a label (changing colors, fonts, etc.),
|
||||
/// label text can be provided in a simple markup format:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Here’s how to create a label with a small font:
|
||||
/// ```c
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (NULL);
|
||||
/// gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), "<small>Small text</small>");
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// (See the Pango manual for complete documentation] of available
|
||||
/// tags, [func@Pango.parse_markup])
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The markup passed to [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup] must be valid XML; for example,
|
||||
/// literal `<`, `>` and `&` characters must be escaped as `<`, `>`, and `&`.
|
||||
/// If you pass text obtained from the user, file, or a network to
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup], you’ll want to escape it with
|
||||
/// [func@GLib.markup_escape_text] or [func@GLib.markup_printf_escaped].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Markup strings are just a convenient way to set the [struct@Pango.AttrList]
|
||||
/// on a label; [method@Gtk.Label.set_attributes] may be a simpler way to set
|
||||
/// attributes in some cases. Be careful though; [struct@Pango.AttrList] tends
|
||||
/// to cause internationalization problems, unless you’re applying attributes
|
||||
/// to the entire string (i.e. unless you set the range of each attribute
|
||||
/// to [0, `G_MAXINT`)). The reason is that specifying the `start_index` and
|
||||
/// `end_index` for a [struct@Pango.Attribute] requires knowledge of the exact
|
||||
/// string being displayed, so translations will cause problems.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Selectable labels
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Labels can be made selectable with [method@Gtk.Label.set_selectable].
|
||||
/// Selectable labels allow the user to copy the label contents to the
|
||||
/// clipboard. Only labels that contain useful-to-copy information — such
|
||||
/// as error messages — should be made selectable.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Text layout
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// A label can contain any number of paragraphs, but will have
|
||||
/// performance problems if it contains more than a small number.
|
||||
/// Paragraphs are separated by newlines or other paragraph separators
|
||||
/// understood by Pango.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Labels can automatically wrap text if you call [method@Gtk.Label.set_wrap].
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_justify] sets how the lines in a label align
|
||||
/// with one another. If you want to set how the label as a whole aligns
|
||||
/// in its available space, see the [property@Gtk.Widget:halign] and
|
||||
/// [property@Gtk.Widget:valign] properties.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
|
||||
/// properties can be used to control the size allocation of ellipsized or
|
||||
/// wrapped labels. For ellipsizing labels, if either is specified (and less
|
||||
/// than the actual text size), it is used as the minimum width, and the actual
|
||||
/// text size is used as the natural width of the label. For wrapping labels,
|
||||
/// width-chars is used as the minimum width, if specified, and max-width-chars
|
||||
/// is used as the natural width. Even if max-width-chars specified, wrapping
|
||||
/// labels will be rewrapped to use all of the available width.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Links
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// GTK supports markup for clickable hyperlinks in addition to regular Pango
|
||||
/// markup. The markup for links is borrowed from HTML, using the `<a>` tag
|
||||
/// with “href“, “title“ and “class“ attributes. GTK renders links similar to
|
||||
/// the way they appear in web browsers, with colored, underlined text. The
|
||||
/// “title“ attribute is displayed as a tooltip on the link. The “class“
|
||||
/// attribute is used as style class on the CSS node for the link.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// An example of inline links looks like this:
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```c
|
||||
/// const char *text =
|
||||
/// "Go to the "
|
||||
/// "<a href=\"https://www.gtk.org\" title=\"<i>Our</i> website\">"
|
||||
/// "GTK website</a> for more...";
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (NULL);
|
||||
/// gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), text);
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// It is possible to implement custom handling for links and their tooltips
|
||||
/// with the [signal@Gtk.Label::activate-link] signal and the
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Label.get_current_uri] function.
|
||||
public struct Label: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
var accessibleRole: String?
|
||||
/// The contents of the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains Pango markup (see [func@Pango.parse_markup]),
|
||||
/// you will have to set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property to
|
||||
/// true in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup] for a convenience function that sets both
|
||||
/// this property and the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property at the
|
||||
/// same time.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
|
||||
/// set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-underline] property to true in order
|
||||
/// for the label to display them.
|
||||
var label: String
|
||||
/// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
|
||||
/// should display before it gets ellipsized. This both prevents the label
|
||||
/// from ellipsizing before this many lines are displayed, and limits the
|
||||
/// height request of the label to this many lines.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ::: warning
|
||||
/// Setting this property has unintuitive and unfortunate consequences
|
||||
/// for the minimum _width_ of the label. Specifically, if the height
|
||||
/// of the label is such that it fits a smaller number of lines than
|
||||
/// the value of this property, the label can not be ellipsized at all,
|
||||
/// which means it must be wide enough to fit all the text fully.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
|
||||
var lines: Int?
|
||||
/// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details
|
||||
/// of how [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
|
||||
/// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
|
||||
var maxWidthChars: Int?
|
||||
/// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
|
||||
var mnemonicKeyval: UInt?
|
||||
/// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
|
||||
var mnemonicWidget: (() -> Body)?
|
||||
/// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
|
||||
var selectable: Bool?
|
||||
/// Whether the label is in single line mode.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
|
||||
/// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
|
||||
/// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
|
||||
/// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
|
||||
var singleLineMode: Bool?
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
var useMarkup: Bool?
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an `_`
|
||||
/// before the mnemonic character.
|
||||
var useUnderline: Bool?
|
||||
/// The desired width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details
|
||||
/// of how [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
|
||||
/// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
|
||||
var widthChars: Int?
|
||||
/// True if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
|
||||
var wrap: Bool?
|
||||
/// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:halign], which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
var xalign: Float?
|
||||
/// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:valign], which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
var yalign: Float?
|
||||
/// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `::copy-clipboard` signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
|
||||
var copyClipboard: (() -> Void)?
|
||||
|
||||
/// Initialize `Label`.
|
||||
public init(label: String) {
|
||||
self.label = label
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The view storage.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
/// - Returns: The view storage.
|
||||
public func container<Data>(data: WidgetData, type: Data.Type) -> ViewStorage where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
let storage = ViewStorage(gtk_label_new(label)?.opaque())
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
if let mnemonicWidgetStorage = mnemonicWidget?().storage(data: data, type: type) {
|
||||
storage.content["mnemonicWidget"] = [mnemonicWidgetStorage]
|
||||
gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget(storage.opaquePointer, mnemonicWidgetStorage.opaquePointer?.cast())
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Update the stored content.
|
||||
/// - Parameters:
|
||||
/// - storage: The storage to update.
|
||||
/// - modifiers: Modify views before being updated
|
||||
/// - updateProperties: Whether to update the view's properties.
|
||||
/// - type: The view render data type.
|
||||
public func update<Data>(_ storage: ViewStorage, data: WidgetData, updateProperties: Bool, type: Data.Type) where Data: ViewRenderData {
|
||||
if let copyClipboard {
|
||||
storage.connectSignal(name: "copy-clipboard", argCount: 0) {
|
||||
copyClipboard()
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
storage.modify { widget in
|
||||
|
||||
if updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.label != label {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_label(widget, label)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let lines, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.lines != lines {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_lines(widget, lines.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let maxWidthChars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.maxWidthChars != maxWidthChars {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_max_width_chars(widget, maxWidthChars.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widget = storage.content["mnemonicWidget"]?.first {
|
||||
mnemonicWidget?().updateStorage(widget, data: data, updateProperties: updateProperties, type: type)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let selectable, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.selectable != selectable {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_selectable(widget, selectable.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let singleLineMode, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.singleLineMode != singleLineMode {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_single_line_mode(widget, singleLineMode.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let useMarkup, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.useMarkup != useMarkup {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_use_markup(widget, useMarkup.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let useUnderline, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.useUnderline != useUnderline {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_use_underline(widget, useUnderline.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let widthChars, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.widthChars != widthChars {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_width_chars(widget, widthChars.cInt)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let wrap, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.wrap != wrap {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_wrap(widget, wrap.cBool)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let xalign, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.xalign != xalign {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_xalign(widget, xalign)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if let yalign, updateProperties, (storage.previousState as? Self)?.yalign != yalign {
|
||||
gtk_label_set_yalign(widget, yalign)
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
for function in updateFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data, updateProperties)
|
||||
}
|
||||
if updateProperties {
|
||||
storage.previousState = self
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The contents of the label.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains Pango markup (see [func@Pango.parse_markup]),
|
||||
/// you will have to set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property to
|
||||
/// true in order for the label to display the markup attributes. See also
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.Label.set_markup] for a convenience function that sets both
|
||||
/// this property and the [property@Gtk.Label:use-markup] property at the
|
||||
/// same time.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If the string contains underlines acting as mnemonics, you will have to
|
||||
/// set the [property@Gtk.Label:use-underline] property to true in order
|
||||
/// for the label to display them.
|
||||
public func label(_ label: String) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.label = label
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label
|
||||
/// should display before it gets ellipsized. This both prevents the label
|
||||
/// from ellipsizing before this many lines are displayed, and limits the
|
||||
/// height request of the label to this many lines.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ::: warning
|
||||
/// Setting this property has unintuitive and unfortunate consequences
|
||||
/// for the minimum _width_ of the label. Specifically, if the height
|
||||
/// of the label is such that it fits a smaller number of lines than
|
||||
/// the value of this property, the label can not be ellipsized at all,
|
||||
/// which means it must be wide enough to fit all the text fully.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This property has no effect if the label is not wrapping or ellipsized.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Set this property to -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines.
|
||||
public func lines(_ lines: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.lines = lines
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired maximum width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details
|
||||
/// of how [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
|
||||
/// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
|
||||
public func maxWidthChars(_ maxWidthChars: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maxWidthChars = maxWidthChars
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The mnemonic accelerator key for the label.
|
||||
public func mnemonicKeyval(_ mnemonicKeyval: UInt?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.mnemonicKeyval = mnemonicKeyval
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The widget to be activated when the labels mnemonic key is pressed.
|
||||
public func mnemonicWidget(@ViewBuilder _ mnemonicWidget: @escaping (() -> Body)) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.mnemonicWidget = mnemonicWidget
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse.
|
||||
public func selectable(_ selectable: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.selectable = selectable
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the label is in single line mode.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In single line mode, the height of the label does not depend on the
|
||||
/// actual text, it is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This
|
||||
/// can be an advantage in situations where resizing the label because
|
||||
/// of text changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar.
|
||||
public func singleLineMode(_ singleLineMode: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.singleLineMode = singleLineMode
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label includes Pango markup.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See [func@Pango.parse_markup].
|
||||
public func useMarkup(_ useMarkup: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useMarkup = useMarkup
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if the text of the label indicates a mnemonic with an `_`
|
||||
/// before the mnemonic character.
|
||||
public func useUnderline(_ useUnderline: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.useUnderline = useUnderline
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The desired width of the label, in characters.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated automatically.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// See the section on [text layout](class.Label.html#text-layout) for details
|
||||
/// of how [property@Gtk.Label:width-chars] and [property@Gtk.Label:max-width-chars]
|
||||
/// determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels.
|
||||
public func widthChars(_ widthChars: Int?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.widthChars = widthChars
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// True if the label text will wrap if it gets too wide.
|
||||
public func wrap(_ wrap: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.wrap = wrap
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The horizontal alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:halign], which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
public func xalign(_ xalign: Float?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.xalign = xalign
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// The vertical alignment of the label text inside its size allocation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Compare this to [property@Gtk.Widget:valign], which determines how the
|
||||
/// labels size allocation is positioned in the space available for the label.
|
||||
public func yalign(_ yalign: Float?) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.yalign = yalign
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Gets emitted to copy the selection to the clipboard.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `::copy-clipboard` signal is a [keybinding signal](class.SignalAction.html).
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default binding for this signal is <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>c</kbd>.
|
||||
public func copyClipboard(_ copyClipboard: @escaping () -> Void) -> Self {
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.copyClipboard = copyClipboard
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
|
||||
// LevelBar.swift
|
||||
// Adwaita
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 04.02.26.
|
||||
// Created by auto-generation on 19.04.25.
|
||||
//
|
||||
|
||||
import CAdw
|
||||
@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// Typical use cases are displaying the strength of a password, or
|
||||
/// showing the charge level of a battery.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// <picture><source srcset="levelbar-dark.png" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img alt="An example GtkLevelBar" src="levelbar.png"></picture>
|
||||
///
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// Use `Gtk.LevelBar.set_value` to set the current value, and
|
||||
/// `Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value` to set the value offsets at which
|
||||
/// Use [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_value] to set the current value, and
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value] to set the value offsets at which
|
||||
/// the bar will be considered in a different state. GTK will add a few
|
||||
/// offsets by default on the level bar: %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW,
|
||||
/// %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH and %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL, with
|
||||
@ -26,20 +26,91 @@ import LevenshteinTransformations
|
||||
/// when changing the minimum or maximum value. GTK will simply clamp
|
||||
/// them to the new range.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ## Adding a custom offset on the bar
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```c
|
||||
/// static GtkWidget *
|
||||
/// create_level_bar (void)
|
||||
/// {
|
||||
/// GtkWidget *widget;
|
||||
/// GtkLevelBar *bar;
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// widget = gtk_level_bar_new ();
|
||||
/// bar = GTK_LEVEL_BAR (widget);
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// // This changes the value of the default low offset
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (bar,
|
||||
/// GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW,
|
||||
/// 0.10);
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// // This adds a new offset to the bar; the application will
|
||||
/// // be able to change its color CSS like this:
|
||||
/// //
|
||||
/// // levelbar block.my-offset {
|
||||
/// // background-color: magenta;
|
||||
/// // border-style: solid;
|
||||
/// // border-color: black;
|
||||
/// // border-width: 1px;
|
||||
/// // }
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (bar, "my-offset", 0.60);
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// return widget;
|
||||
/// }
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The default interval of values is between zero and one, but it’s possible
|
||||
/// to modify the interval using [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_min_value] and
|
||||
/// [method@Gtk.LevelBar.set_max_value]. The value will be always drawn in
|
||||
/// proportion to the admissible interval, i.e. a value of 15 with a specified
|
||||
/// interval between 10 and 20 is equivalent to a value of 0.5 with an interval
|
||||
/// between 0 and 1. When %GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_DISCRETE is used, the bar level
|
||||
/// is rendered as a finite number of separated blocks instead of a single one.
|
||||
/// The number of blocks that will be rendered is equal to the number of units
|
||||
/// specified by the admissible interval.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// For instance, to build a bar rendered with five blocks, it’s sufficient to
|
||||
/// set the minimum value to 0 and the maximum value to 5 after changing the
|
||||
/// indicator mode to discrete.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # GtkLevelBar as GtkBuildable
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The `GtkLevelBar` implementation of the `GtkBuildable` interface supports a
|
||||
/// custom `<offsets>` element, which can contain any number of `<offset>` elements,
|
||||
/// each of which must have "name" and "value" attributes.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # CSS nodes
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
/// levelbar[.discrete]
|
||||
/// ╰── trough
|
||||
/// ├── block.filled.level-name
|
||||
/// ┊
|
||||
/// ├── block.empty
|
||||
/// ┊
|
||||
/// ```
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkLevelBar` has a main CSS node with name levelbar and one of the style
|
||||
/// classes .discrete or .continuous and a subnode with name trough. Below the
|
||||
/// trough node are a number of nodes with name block and style class .filled
|
||||
/// or .empty. In continuous mode, there is exactly one node of each, in discrete
|
||||
/// mode, the number of filled and unfilled nodes corresponds to blocks that are
|
||||
/// drawn. The block.filled nodes also get a style class .level-name corresponding
|
||||
/// to the level for the current value.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// In horizontal orientation, the nodes are always arranged from left to right,
|
||||
/// regardless of text direction.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// # Accessibility
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// `GtkLevelBar` uses the [enum@Gtk.AccessibleRole.meter] role.
|
||||
public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
|
||||
#if exposeGeneratedAppearUpdateFunctions
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
public var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/// Additional update functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var updateFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData, Bool) -> Void] = []
|
||||
/// Additional appear functions for type extensions.
|
||||
var appearFunctions: [(ViewStorage, WidgetData) -> Void] = []
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/// The accessible role of the given `GtkAccessible` implementation.
|
||||
///
|
||||
@ -58,7 +129,7 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
var value: Double?
|
||||
/// Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This typically is the result of a `Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value`
|
||||
/// This typically is the result of a [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value]
|
||||
/// call.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
|
||||
@ -80,6 +151,7 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
for function in appearFunctions {
|
||||
function(storage, data)
|
||||
}
|
||||
update(storage, data: data, updateProperties: true, type: type)
|
||||
|
||||
return storage
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -126,7 +198,9 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The accessible role cannot be changed once set.
|
||||
public func accessibleRole(_ accessibleRole: String?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.accessibleRole = accessibleRole }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.accessibleRole = accessibleRole
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Whether the `GtkLeveBar` is inverted.
|
||||
@ -134,27 +208,35 @@ public struct LevelBar: AdwaitaWidget {
|
||||
/// Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
|
||||
/// Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction.
|
||||
public func inverted(_ inverted: Bool? = true) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.inverted = inverted }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.inverted = inverted
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines the maximum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
|
||||
public func maxValue(_ maxValue: Double?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.maxValue = maxValue }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.maxValue = maxValue
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines the minimum value of the interval that can be displayed by the bar.
|
||||
public func minValue(_ minValue: Double?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.minValue = minValue }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.minValue = minValue
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Determines the currently filled value of the level bar.
|
||||
public func value(_ value: Double?) -> Self {
|
||||
modify { $0.value = value }
|
||||
var newSelf = self
|
||||
newSelf.value = value
|
||||
return newSelf
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This typically is the result of a `Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value`
|
||||
/// This typically is the result of a [method@Gtk.LevelBar.add_offset_value]
|
||||
/// call.
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user